Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Specialty / NMI

NMI

nmih · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker nmih
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Specialty
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · NMI
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
NMI Holdings, Inc.

2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NMI Holdings, Inc.

| 2100 Powell Street

| 12TH Floor

| Emeryville, CA 94608 | www.nationalmi.com

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                   to                   

Commission file number 001-36174

NMI Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE

45-4914248

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2100 Powell Street, Emeryville, CA

(Address of principal executive offices)

94608

(Zip Code)

(855) 530-6642
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registered

Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value per share

NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES 

  NO 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES  

NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

YES  

NO  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such 
files).   YES  

NO  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, 
to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 
10-K.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions 
of "large accelerated filer", “accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   YES  

NO  

As of June 30, 2014, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the calculated aggregate market value of common stock held 
by non-affiliates was $546,126,819.

The number of shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the registrant outstanding on February 16, 2015 was 58,519,558 shares.

 
 
 
 
Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 
10-K to the extent stated herein. Such Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the registrant's fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2014.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Forward Looking Statements - Safe Harbor Provisions
PART I

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

Properties

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Item 9B. Other Information
PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Signatures
Index to Financial Statement Schedules
Exhibit Index

3
4
4

26

43

43

43

43
44

44

46

47

69

70

95

95

95
96
96

96

96

96

96
97
97
98
100
i

2

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended 
(the "Securities Act"), Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the U.S. Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Any statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, predictions, forecasts, objectives, 
assumptions or future events or performance are not historical facts and may be forward looking. These statements are often, but not 
always, made through the use of words or phrases such as "anticipate," "believe," "can," "could," "may," "predict," "potential," 
"should," "will," "estimate," "plan," "project," "continuing," "ongoing," "expect," "intend" or words of similar meaning and include, 
but are not limited to, statements regarding the outlook for our future business and financial performance.  All forward looking 
statements are necessarily only estimates of future results, and actual results may differ materially from expectations.  You are, 
therefore, cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements which should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary 
statements that are included elsewhere in this report.  Further, any forward looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it 
is made and we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after 
the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.  We have based these forward looking 
statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial 
condition, operating results, business strategy and financial needs.  There are important factors that could cause our actual results, 
level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements 
expressed or implied by the forward looking statements including, but not limited to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our limited operating history;

our future profitability, liquidity and capital resources;

developments in the world's financial and capital markets and our access to such markets;

retention of our existing certificates of authority in each state and the District of Columbia ("D.C.") and our ability to 
remain a mortgage insurer in good standing in each state and D.C.;

changes in the business practices of the GSEs, including adoption and implementation of their proposed new mortgage 
insurer eligibility requirements or decisions to decrease or discontinue the use of mortgage insurance;

our ability to remain a qualified mortgage insurer under the requirements imposed by the GSEs;

actions of existing competitors and potential market entry by new competitors;

changes to laws and regulations, including changes to the GSEs' role in the secondary mortgage market or other changes 
that could affect the residential mortgage industry generally or mortgage insurance in particular;

changes in general economic, market and political conditions and policies, interest rates, inflation and investment results 
or other conditions that affect the housing market or the markets for home mortgages or mortgage insurance; 

changes in the regulatory environment; 

our ability to implement our business strategy, including our ability to write mortgage insurance on high quality low 
down  payment  residential  mortgage  loans,  implement  successfully  and  on  a  timely  basis,  complex  infrastructure, 
systems, procedures, and internal controls to support our business and regulatory and reporting requirements of the 
insurance industry;

our ability to attract and retain a diverse customer base, including the largest mortgage originators; 

failure of risk management or investment strategy;

claims exceeding our reserves or amounts we had expected to experience;

failure  to  maintain,  improve  and  continue  to  develop  necessary  information  technology  systems  or  the  failure  of 
technology providers to perform;

ability to recruit, train and retain key personnel; and

emergence of claim and coverage issues.

For more information regarding these risks and uncertainties as well as certain additional risks that we face, you should 
refer to the Risk Factors described in this report in Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors," in Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and elsewhere in this report, including the exhibits hereto. 

3

PART I

Item 1. Business 

General

NMI Holdings, Inc. ("NMIH" or the "Company") is a Delaware corporation, incorporated in May 2011, and, through its 
subsidiaries, provides private mortgage guaranty insurance (which we refer to as "mortgage insurance" or "MI").  Unless expressly 
indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms "we," "our," "us" and "Company" in this document refer to NMIH and its 
wholly owned subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.  Our primary insurance subsidiary, National Mortgage Insurance Corporation 
("NMIC"), is a qualified MI provider on loans purchased by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (collectively the "GSEs") and is licensed 
in all 50 states and D.C. to issue mortgage insurance.  Our reinsurance subsidiary, National Mortgage Reinsurance Inc One ("Re 
One"), solely provides reinsurance to NMIC on certain loans insured by NMIC, as described in Note 13, Statutory Information, 
below.  Our stock trades on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC ("NASDAQ") under the symbol "NMIH."

MI protects mortgage lenders from all or a portion of default-related losses on residential mortgage loans made to home 
buyers who generally make down payments of less than 20% of the home's purchase price. By protecting lenders and investors from 
credit losses, we help facilitate the availability of mortgages to prospective, primarily first-time, U.S. home buyers.  MI also facilitates 
the sale of these mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market, most of which are sold to the GSEs.  We are one of seven 
companies in the United States ("U.S.") who offer MI.  Our business strategy is to become a leading national MI company with our 
principal focus on writing insurance on high quality, residential mortgages in the U.S.  

We are a fully operational MI company that began writing business in April 2013.  In 2014, we continued to make progress 
achieving our goals, through the addition of new customers and becoming licensed to write MI nationwide.  We had 735 master 
policy holders in 2014, compared to 305 in 2013.  Of those master policy holders, 37.7% were delivering business in 2014, compared 
to 7.2% delivering business in 2013.  Primary new insurance written ("NIW") as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was 
$3.5 billion and $162.2 million, respectively.  In addition, we had $5.2 billion of NIW related to our pool deal with Fannie Mae in 
2013.  We had total insurance-in-force ("IIF") of $8.1 billion and total risk-in-force ("RIF") of $894.7 million as of December 31, 
2014.

Our principal office is located at 2100 Powell Street, 12th floor, Emeryville, CA 94608. Our main telephone number is 
(855) 530 - NMIC (6642), and our website is www.nationalmi.com.  Copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports 
on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports are available free of charge through our website 
as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(the "SEC").  In addition, a written copy of the Company's Business Conduct Policy, containing our code of ethics that is applicable 
to all of our directors, officers and employees, is also available on our website.  Information contained or referenced on our website 
is not incorporated by reference into, and does not form a part of, this report.

Overview of the Private Mortgage Insurance Industry 

The modern MI industry was established in the late 1950s to provide a private market alternative to federal government 
insurance programs, principally the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA"). The industry mitigates mortgage credit risk within 
the residential mortgage lending system, supports increased levels of homeownership, offers liquidity and process efficiencies for 
lenders and provides consumers with lower-cost products and increased choice of mortgage and homeownership options.   

The MI industry has from time to time experienced catastrophic losses.  Prior to the 2005-2010 cycle of such losses, the 
last time that private mortgage insurers experienced substantial losses of this nature was in the mid-to-late 1980s.  The most recent 
mortgage crisis had a profound negative effect on the operating results and capital position of the MI industry and some companies 
were forced into receivership and ceased writing new business while others in the industry raised capital in the public markets or 
entered into reinsurance agreements to continue to write new business.

Prior to the recent financial crisis, private mortgage insurers accounted for the majority of the insured mortgage origination 
market.  To stabilize the disruption in the housing market resulting from the financial crisis, the Federal government, among other 
things, significantly expanded its role in the mortgage insurance market.  Government agencies, including the FHA and the Veterans 
Administration ("VA"), insured increasing percentages of the market as incumbent private insurers came under significant financial 
stress.  The private mortgage insurance industry has significantly recovered, capturing an increasing share of the total insured market 
and thereby leading to higher private mortgage insurance penetration of the total mortgage origination market.  These previous gains 
have been driven in part by the improved financial position of legacy insurers, the influx of private capital into the sector to support 
new entrants like NMIC and the FHA's decision to increase its mortgage insurance premium rates and upfront fees multiple times 

4

 
 
 
since 2010.  Recent action by the Obama administration to reduce the FHA's premium rates has made it difficult to predict whether 
this market share shift from governmental agencies to private mortgage insurance will continue at the same pace it has since 2010.  
For a discussion of the government agencies' combined market share and the FHA's recent rate reduction announcement, see "- Sales 
and Marketing and Competition - Competition" below.  

The graph below shows the private mortgage insurance penetration rates, which represents private mortgage insurance NIW 
(excluding activity under the Federal Home Affordable Refinance Program ("HARP")) to total U.S. residential mortgage origination 
volume.

Private MI NIW ($ in billions)

(1) 

The dotted line and light gray shading in 2014 represent National MI's estimate.

Source: Inside Mortgage Finance ©, November 14, 2014 www.insidemortgagefinance.com

GSEs

The GSEs are the principal purchasers of the mortgages insured by MI companies, primarily as a result of their governmental 
mandate to provide liquidity in the secondary mortgage market.  Freddie Mac's and Fannie Mae's federal charters prohibit the GSEs 
from purchasing a low down payment loan, unless the loan is insured by a qualified mortgage insurer, the mortgage seller retains at 
least a 10% participation in the loan or the seller agrees to repurchase or replace the loan in the event of a default.  As a result, the 
nature of the private mortgage insurance industry in the U.S. is driven in large part by the requirements and practices of the GSEs, 
which include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the minimum capital levels required to be maintained by MI companies;

the underwriting standards that determine what loans are eligible for purchase by the GSEs, which can affect the quality of 
the risk insured by the mortgage insurer and the availability of mortgage loans;

the terms that the GSEs require to be included in MI policies for loans that they purchase;

the level of MI coverage, subject to the requirements of the GSEs' charters as to when MI is used as the required credit 
enhancement on low down payment mortgages;

the amount of loan level delivery fees (which result in higher costs to borrowers) that the GSEs assess on loans that require 
MI; and

5

 
• 

the availability of different loan purchase programs from the GSEs that allow different levels of MI coverage.

On  September  6,  2008,  the  Federal  Housing  Finance Agency  ("FHFA")  used  its  authorities  to  place  the  GSEs  into 
conservatorship.  As the GSEs' conservator, the FHFA has the authority to control and direct the GSEs' operations and the FHFA's 
policy objectives can result in changes to the GSEs' requirements and practices.  The placement of the GSEs into the conservatorship 
of the FHFA has also increased the likelihood that the U.S. Congress will act to address the role and purpose of the GSEs in the U.S. 
housing market and potentially legislate structural and other changes to the GSEs and the functioning of the secondary mortgage 
market.  For additional discussion of GSE and housing finance reform, see below in "Regulation - Other U.S. Regulation - Housing 
Finance Reform."

Each GSE maintains its own private mortgage insurer eligibility requirements (the "Eligibility Requirements") applicable 
to approved mortgage insurers, which they have been in the process of revising since mid-2010.  As discussed below under "Regulation 
- U.S. Mortgage Insurance Regulation - GSE Eligibility Requirements," the FHFA released for public input proposed updated Private 
Mortgage Insurer Eligibility Requirements ("PMIERs"), that when adopted will replace the Eligibility Requirements.  We believe 
that each GSE will publish its own set of PMIERs and that final publication will likely occur during the first half of 2015.

Mortgage Insurance

The U.S. residential mortgage market is one of the largest in the world, with over $9.9 trillion of debt outstanding as of 
September 30, 2014, and includes a range of private and government sponsored participants.  Private industry participants include 
mortgage banks, mortgage brokers, commercial, regional and investment banks, savings institutions, credit unions, REITs, mortgage 
insurers and other financial institutions. Public participants include government agencies such as the FHA, VA and Ginnie Mae, and 
government-sponsored enterprises such as the GSEs. The overall U.S. residential mortgage market encompasses both primary and 
secondary markets.  The primary market consists of lenders originating home loans to borrowers and includes loans made to support 
home purchases, which are referred to as purchase originations, and loans made to refinance existing mortgages, which are referred 
to as refinancing originations.  The secondary market includes institutions buying and selling mortgages in the form of whole loans 
or securitized assets, such as mortgage-backed securities. 

Residential MI protects mortgage lenders and investors in the event of borrower default, by reducing and, in some instances, 
eliminating the resulting credit loss to the insured institution.  By mitigating losses as a result of borrower default, mortgage insurance 
facilitates the origination of "low down payment" mortgages, which are mortgages to borrowers who make down payments of less 
than 20% of the value of the homes.  Mortgage insurance also may reduce the capital that financial institutions are required to hold 
against insured loans and facilitates the sale of low down payment mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market, primarily to 
the GSEs.  NMIC's residential mortgage insurance products primarily provide first loss protection on loans originated by residential 
mortgage lenders and sold to the GSEs and, to a lesser extent, on low down payment loans held by portfolio lenders.  NMIC offers 
the two principal types of MI, "primary" and "pool" which we discuss further below.  We expect that most of the insurance that we 
write will be primary insurance.

Primary Mortgage Insurance 

Primary mortgage insurance provides mortgage default protection on individual loans at specified coverage percentages.  
Primary business is typically offered in one of two ways, either on a "flow" or "non-flow" basis.  Mortgage insurers place flow 
mortgage insurance coverage as loan originations occur, one loan at a time.  A non-flow transaction occurs when mortgage insurance 
coverage is placed on more than one loan and typically after the loans have been originated.  We currently offer both types of primary 
mortgage insurance products to our customers.  Our maximum obligation to an insured with respect to a claim is generally determined 
by multiplying the coverage percentage selected by the insured by the loss amount on the defaulted loan.  The loss amount on an 
insured loan includes unpaid loan principal, delinquent interest and certain expenses associated with the default and subsequent 
foreclosure or sale of the property, all as specified in our master mortgage insurance policy (the "master policy").  At the time of a 
claim, we will typically pay the coverage percentage of the claim amount specified in the primary policy, but have the option to (i) 
pay 100% of the claim amount and acquire title to the property, or (ii) in the event the property is sold prior to settlement of the claim, 
pay the insured's actual loss up to the maximum level of coverage.  We expect that most of our primary insurance will be written on 
first  mortgage  loans  secured  by  owner  occupied  single-family  homes,  which  are  defined  as  one-to-four  family  homes  and 
condominiums.  To a lesser extent, we may also write primary insurance on first mortgages secured by non-owner occupied single-
family homes, which are referred to in the home mortgage lending industry as investor loans, and on vacation or second homes. 

IIF is the unpaid principal balance of insured loans.  RIF is the product of the coverage percentage multiplied by the unpaid 
principal balance.  Lenders that purchase our mortgage insurance select specific coverage levels for insured loans.  For loans sold 
to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, the coverage percentage must comply with the requirements established by the particular GSE to 
which the loan is delivered.  For other loans, the lender makes the determination.  We expect our risk across all policies written to 

6

 
 
 
 
 
approximate 25% of the primary IIF but will vary between 6% and 35% coverage.  In general, we structure our premium rates so 
that they increase as the coverage percentage increases, to account for relatively increased levels of risk that are present as the 
coverage percentages increase.  Higher coverage percentages generally result in greater amounts paid per claim relative to policies 
with lower coverage percentages. 

Depending on the requirements of the loan instrument and the lender, the premium payments for primary MI coverage may 
either be paid by the borrower or the lender.  Premium payments borne by the borrower and paid to the lender are referred to as 
borrower paid mortgage insurance ("BPMI").  Premium payments made directly by the lender are referred to as lender paid mortgage 
insurance ("LPMI").  The lender may structure the loan transaction to recover LPMI premiums through an increase in the note rate 
on the mortgage or higher origination fees.  In general, premium received on LPMI business is non-refundable.  In either case, the 
payment of premium to us is the responsibility of the insured (i.e., the lender) and not the borrower.

Our premium rates are based on rates and rating rules that we have filed with the various state insurance departments.  To 
establish these rates, we use pricing models that assess risk across a spectrum of variables, including coverage percentages, loan-to-
value ("LTV") ratios, loan and property attributes, and borrower risk characteristics.  Premium rates cannot be changed after the 
issuance of coverage.  However, we review every loan and through this review process confirm underwriting eligibility, either prior 
to loan closing in the non-delegated channel or through a post-closing underwriting review in the delegated channel.  Based on this 
review, we may re-price.  Because we believe that over the long term, each region of the U.S. is subject to similar factors affecting 
risk of loss on insurance written, we generally utilize a nationally based, rather than a regional or local, premium rate policy for 
insurance written on a flow basis.  We have discretion under our rates and rating rules to offer discounts, and we may choose to offer 
such discounts for certain high quality business.

In general, premiums are calculated as basis points of the unpaid principal balance of an insured loan.  We have four premium 

plans:

• 

• 

single — the insured pays all premium up front at the time coverage is placed. 

annual — the insured pays premium at the time coverage is placed for the first 12 months of coverage.  To maintain 
coverage, the insured subsequently pays renewal premiums for successive 12 month periods, with such renewals 
due prior to the expiration of the then applicable 12 month period;

•  monthly — coverage begins and the insured pays premium for the first month of coverage on the loan close date. 

We subsequently bill the insured each month for the next month's coverage; and

•  Monthly Advantage® — coverage begins as of the loan close date, and when we receive notice of such close date, 
we subsequently bill the insured for the previous month of coverage and each month thereafter, the insured pays 
premium for the prior month of coverage.

In general, we may not terminate MI coverage except in the event there is non-payment of premiums or certain material 
violations of our master policy; although, as discussed below, the terms of our master policy restrict our rescission rights when certain 
criteria are met.  Mortgage insurance coverage is renewable at the option of the insured lender, at the renewal rate fixed when the 
loan was initially insured.  Lenders may cancel insurance written at any time at their option or because of mortgage repayment, which 
may be accelerated because of the refinancing of mortgages.  To the extent those cancellations are on LPMI business, we recognize 
any remaining unearned premium immediately.  In the case of a loan purchased by the GSEs, their guidelines generally provide that 
a borrower meeting certain conditions may require the mortgage servicer to cancel insurance upon the borrower's request when the 
principal balance of the loan is 80% or less of the property's current value.  The federal Homeowners Protection Act of 1998 ("HOPA") 
also requires the automatic termination of BPMI on most loans when the LTV ratio (based upon the loan's amortization schedule) 
reaches 78%, and provides for cancellation of BPMI upon a borrower's request when the LTV ratio (based on the original value of 
the property) reaches 80%, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the HOPA.  In addition, some states impose their own 
notice and cancellation requirements on mortgage loan servicers.

National MI TrueGuide® and SafeGuard® Solutions 

We believe National MI's products and services provide our lender customers with a transparent and efficient method of 
securing primary mortgage insurance.  Our underwriting guidelines, National MI TrueGuide®, reflect what we believe are clear and 
straightforward eligibility requirements that are easy for our customers to understand.  Through National MI SafeGuard®, we agree 
that we will not rescind or cancel coverage of an insured loan for material borrower misrepresentation or underwriting defects after 
a borrower timely makes the first 12 monthly payments, subject to our confirmation of coverage eligibility, as discussed below under 
"- Underwriting."  In addition, if a borrower makes the first 12 payments in a timely manner, we have agreed to limitations on our 
ability to initiate an investigation of fraud or misrepresentation by our insureds or any other party involved in the origination of an 
insured loan, which we collectively refer to in our master policy as a "First Party."  We refer to these provisions of our master policy 

7

 
 
 
as "rescission relief."  Until October 1, 2014, we believe that most MI companies' standard approach was to provide rescission relief 
with respect to underwriting defects and investigation of First Party fraud or misrepresentation after 36 months of full and timely 
consecutive monthly payments.  As of October 1, 2014, we believe all MI companies offer a form of 12-month rescission relief.

Pool Insurance 

Pool insurance is generally used as an additional "credit enhancement" or "risk-sharing" strategy for certain secondary 
market mortgage transactions.  Pool insurance generally covers the excess of loss on a defaulted mortgage loan that exceeds the 
claim payment under the primary MI coverage, if such loan has primary coverage, as well as the total loss on a defaulted mortgage 
loan that did not have primary coverage.  Pool insurance may have a stated aggregate loss limit for a pool of loans and may also 
have a deductible under which no losses are paid by the mortgage insurer until the insured's losses on the pool of loans exceed the 
deductible.  As described below in Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations - Factors Affecting Our Operating Results - Start-up Operations - New Business Writings," NMIC entered into a pool 
agreement with Fannie Mae.

Customers 

Our sales strategy is focused on attracting and retaining as customers mortgage originators in the U.S. that fall into two 
distinct categories, which we refer to as "National Accounts" and "Regional Accounts."  We define National Accounts as the most 
significant residential mortgage originators as determined by volume of their own originations as well as volume of insured business 
they may acquire from other originators through their correspondent channels.  These National Accounts generally originate loans 
through their retail channels as well as purchase loans originated by other entities, primarily mortgage originators who we would 
classify as Regional Accounts, as described below.  National Accounts may sell their loans to the GSEs or private label secondary 
markets or securitize the loans themselves.  We service these customers with a specialized team of National Account sales professionals 
who have experience supporting and developing business from this segment.  The Regional Accounts originate mortgage loans on 
a local or regional level throughout the country.  Some of these Regional Accounts have origination platforms across multiple regions; 
however, their primary lending focus is local.  They sell the majority of their originations to National Accounts, but Regional Accounts 
may also retain loans in their portfolios or sell portions of their production directly to the GSEs.  Our nationwide and regional sales 
teams address the Regional Accounts segment of the market.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we received NIW from 277 National and Regional Accounts. The GSEs, as 
major purchasers of conventional mortgage loans in the United Sates, are the primary beneficiaries of our mortgage insurance 
coverage.  Revenues from our customers have been generated in the U.S. only.

Customers exceeding 10% of consolidated revenues 

In 2014, the premiums earned by NMIC from each of Fannie Mae (pool transaction) and Quicken Loans Inc. exceeded 10% 
of our consolidated revenues.  The loss of these customers could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results 
of operations.

Sales and Marketing and Competition  

Sales and Marketing  

Our sales and marketing efforts are designed to establish and maintain quality customer relationships through effective 
communication of our product offerings.  Our sales force is strategically deployed throughout the U.S. to directly service our National 
and Regional accounts.  We support our sales force and seek to increase acquisition of new customers by targeted product development, 
improving  our  brand  awareness  through  advertising  and  marketing  campaigns,  website  enhancements,  mobile  technology  and 
sponsorship of industry and educational events.  NMIC's product development and marketing department has primary responsibility 
for the creation and launch of our MI products.  In 2014, we expanded our sales force by hiring qualified mortgage professionals 
that generally have well-established relationships with industry leading lenders and significant experience in both MI and mortgage 
lending.

Competition 

Our competition includes other private mortgage insurers, governmental agencies that sponsor government-backed mortgage 
insurance programs and alternatives to credit enhancement products, such as piggy-back loans or other risk sharing arrangements.   
The U.S. MI industry is highly competitive, and currently consists of seven active private mortgage insurers, including NMIC, 
Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation ("MGIC"), Radian Guaranty Inc. ("Radian"), United Guaranty Corporation ("UGI"), a 
division of American International Group, Inc., Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation ("Genworth"), Essent Guaranty ("Essent") 
and Arch Mortgage Insurance Company ("Arch").

8

 
 
 
 
With seven private MI companies actively competing for business from the same residential mortgage originators, it is 
important that we continue to differentiate ourselves from the other companies who sell substantially similar products as ours.  We 
compete with other private mortgage insurers based on our financial strength, underwriting guidelines, information security, product 
features, pricing, operating efficiencies, customer relationships, name recognition, reputation, the strength of management teams and 
field organizations, comprehensiveness of databases covering insured loans, effective use of technology, innovation in the delivery 
and servicing of insurance products and ability to execute. 

We and other private mortgage insurers also compete directly with federal and state governmental and quasi-governmental 
agencies that sponsor government-backed mortgage insurance programs, principally the FHA and, to a lesser degree, the VA. These 
agencies' market share declined during each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, from 68% to 63% to 
58%, respectively, of low down payment residential mortgages that were subject to governmental and private mortgage insurance.  
While declining from a high of approximately 85% in 2009, the market share of governmental agencies remains substantially above 
the low of approximately 23% in 2007, according to statistics reported by Inside Mortgage Finance.  The combined market share of 
the FHA and VA has decreased each year since 2010, a trend that we believe has been positive for the MI industry.  In our view, this 
decrease may have been influenced by the relative ease of use of private MI compared to FHA products, as well as previous increases 
in the cost of FHA insurance, stricter FHA guidelines and the inability of the borrower to cancel FHA mortgage insurance.  Although 
there has been broad policy consensus toward the need for private capital to play a larger role and government credit risk to be 
reduced in the U.S. housing finance system, recent action by the current administration has made it difficult to predict whether the 
market share of these governmental agencies will continue to recede at the same pace it has since 2010.  On January 26, 2015, the 
FHA reduced its single-family annual mortgage insurance premiums by 50 basis points.  It is difficult to predict what, if any, material 
impact this premium reduction will have as there are factors beyond premium rate that influence a lender's decision to choose private 
MI over FHA insurance, including among others, relative ease of use of private MI products compared to FHA products.

In addition to competition from the FHA and the VA, we and other private mortgage insurers face competition from state-
supported mortgage insurance funds in several states, including California and New York.  From time to time, other state legislatures 
and agencies may consider expanding the authority of their state governments to insure residential mortgages.

Underwriting 

The terms of our mortgage insurance coverage are governed by our master policy, which we issue to each lender with which 
we do business.  The master policy sets forth the general terms and conditions of our MI coverage.  Our primary mortgage insurance 
coverage  is  placed  through  our  delegated  and  non-delegated  programs.    Through  our  underwriting  solution,  National  MI 
TrueInsightSM , we currently underwrite every loan we insure by confirming coverage eligibility, either prior to loan closing in our 
non-delegated channel or through a post-closing underwriting review in our delegated channel, which we refer to as our "Delegated 
Assurance Review" or "DAR" process.  DAR provides an underwriting review of each mortgage insurance decision made by our 
customers under their delegated authority.  Our DAR process differentiates us from other MI companies, which typically underwrite 
a sampling of policies originated through their delegated underwriting channels.  With our current underwriting strategy, we believe 
we can more effectively manage the risk characteristics in our portfolio and provide a high level of confidence to our lenders that 
valid claims will be paid.  We believe this process provides our customers with timely, value-added feedback on the risk characteristics 
of their loan originations. 

Non-Delegated Program  

Through our non-delegated channel, we underwrite the insurance application and provide a response to the lender, prior to 
the loan closing.  To obtain mortgage insurance on a loan, a master policyholder submits an insurance application to us, along with 
documentation we require to support loan qualification for mortgage insurance.  We do not provide primary MI in instances where 
the lender has waived certain documentation requirements, such as written verification of employment and proof of source of funds 
for closing.  Our underwriters review all materials submitted to us and render an insurance decision, typically within 24 to 48 hours, 
depending on the MI application volume.

In addition to our non-delegated underwriter employees located at our corporate headquarters and remotely across the 
country, we have entered into agreements with third-party underwriting service providers ("USPs") under which they underwrite the 
mortgage insurance decision on certain loans for us, consistent with our underwriting guidelines and subject to the terms of the 
outsourcing agreements.  Our USPs share in the daily underwriting of mortgage insurance applications submitted to us, depending 
on the volume and with targeted assignments of particular loans to particular USPs, to ensure timely response-times to lenders.  These 
USPs use AXIS, our insurance management system, and are trained to follow the same process outlined above that our own employees 
follow when they render an insurance decision.  Any underwriting decisions requiring escalation or a second review will be referred 
back to management for decision making.

9

 
 
 
We  have  vendor  management  processes  in  place  to  manage  the  risk  associated  with  outsourcing  a  component  of  our 
underwriting functions.  In collaboration with the USP's management team, we monitor the USP's day-to-day underwriting of mortgage 
insurance decisions.  We also review the qualifications of the USP's underwriters and provide system and guideline training to ensure 
the USP's underwriting philosophy is consistent with ours.  We perform regular quality control reviews of each USP's performance, 
and our agreements with the USPs require them to give us access to the results of their internal quality control reviews.  Underwriters 
with unacceptable performance will be carefully monitored with specific action plans, and our agreements provide for their timely 
replacement with 30 days' notice.

Delegated Program  

Through our delegated program, if deemed eligible by us, certain loan originators may bind our mortgage insurance coverage 
following their own underwriting reviews.  We permit delegated underwriting with lenders that have a track record of originating 
quality mortgage loans.  The lenders are required to underwrite a mortgage insurance decision in accordance with our eligibility 
rules and approved underwriting guidelines.  If the lender believes a loan is eligible for mortgage insurance coverage from us, it may 
bind the insurance coverage in accordance with the delegated authority conferred under our delegated underwriting program, as set 
forth in the terms of our master policy and related endorsements.  In order to bind coverage, the lender must provide a dataset to us 
to help demonstrate the loan meets our threshold eligibility rules.  In addition, as part of our National MI TrueInsight SM solution, or 
DAR process, delegated lenders are required to submit a full loan file (which contains all information and documentation required 
by  the  traditional  underwriting  process)  to  us  within  60  days  of  the  coverage  effective  date,  and  we  will  perform  a  post-close 
underwriting review of the lender's underwriting decision for each insured loan.  We created the DAR process to provide us with 
confidence that loans we insure comply with our eligibility criteria and meet our underwriting guidelines.  This process also assists 
us with early identification of a particular lender's underwriting defects that need attention and remediation going forward in order 
for such a lender to continue participating in our delegated program.  We believe that our delegated program's full underwriting file 
review differentiates our process from the delegated underwriting process historically practiced by the MI industry and provides 
what we believe is valuable clarity to our lenders within the first several months of coverage.  If a loan is found to be uninsurable 
during the DAR process, we cancel the insurance certificate and return any premiums we have received.

We utilize USPs with which we have outsourcing agreements to perform the majority of our post-close reviews of delegated 
decisions.  If one of our USPs determines that a loan is ineligible for coverage, we will review the results to determine if we agree 
with our vendor before giving notice of cancellation of coverage to our insured.  In addition to this review, we also perform routine 
quality control reviews of a statistically relevant sample of each USP's post-close reviews to help ensure that we are receiving the 
quality of underwriting that we expect from these providers.

Underwriting and Risk Management Guidelines 

Our underwriting and risk management guidelines are based on what we believe to be the major factors that impact mortgage 

credit risk.  Such factors include but are not limited to the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the borrower's credit strength, including the borrower's credit history, debt-to-income ratios and cash reserves and 
the willingness of a borrower with sufficient resources to make mortgage payments when the mortgage balance 
exceeds the value of the home;

the loan product, which encompasses the LTV ratio, the type of loan instrument, including whether the instrument 
provides for fixed or variable payments and the amortization schedule, the type of property, the purpose of the 
loan and the interest rate;

origination practices of lenders;

the percentage coverage and size of insured loans; and

the condition of the economy, including housing values and employment, in the geographic area in which the 
property is located.

We believe that, excluding other factors, claim incidence increases:

• 

• 

• 

• 

for loans with higher LTV ratios compared to loans with lower LTV ratios;

for loans with higher debt-to-income ratios compared to lower debt-to-income ratios;

for loans to borrowers with lower credit scores compared to loans to borrowers with higher credit scores;

for investor loans compared to owner-occupied loans;

10

 
• 

• 

• 

during periods of economic contraction and housing price depreciation, including when these conditions may not 
be nationwide, compared to periods of economic expansion and housing price appreciation;

for adjustable rate mortgages (or, "ARMs") when the reset interest rate significantly exceeds the interest rate set 
at loan origination; and

for cash out refinance loans compared to purchase or rate and term refinance loans.

There may be other types of loan characteristics relating to the individual loan or borrower that also affect the risk potential 
for a loan.  In addition, the presence of multiple higher-risk characteristics in a loan materially increases the likelihood of a claim 
on such a loan unless there are other characteristics to mitigate the risk.

Enterprise Risk Management 

In accordance with established policies and procedures, we identify, assess, monitor and manage the following enterprise 
risks in our MI business: credit risk, market risk and operational risk.  Management of these risks is an interdepartmental endeavor 
including specific operational responsibilities and ongoing senior management oversight.  Our internal audit group, which reports 
to the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors ("Board"), provides independent ongoing assessments of our management of 
certain of these enterprise risks.  In addition, the Risk Committee of our Board ("Risk Committee") is responsible for oversight and 
review of information regarding the Company's enterprise risk management approach, including the significant policies, procedures 
and processes to manage and mitigate risks that pose a material threat to the viability of the Company.

Credit Risk

We protect financial institutions against credit losses resulting from borrower defaults on low down payment residential 
mortgage loans.  Low down payment lending carries high credit risk because borrowers who encounter financial difficulties may 
have little equity (net of transaction costs), if any, in their homes, and are therefore less likely to keep their mortgage payments 
current or have the ability to sell the property to avoid foreclosure.  Our insured loan portfolio's credit risk profile is measured by 
credit score, LTV, debt-to-income ratio, property type (e.g., single family home, condo or co-op), loan purpose (e.g., purchase or 
refinance), occupancy (e.g., owner-occupied) and other factors.  Management measures credit risk through reporting by segmentation 
of these key credit risk drivers.  Segmentation includes balances, RIF, revenue, delinquencies, losses (claims paid), persistency, 
reserves, and average claim size and severity.

We employ the following methods to manage and mitigate credit risk in our insured loan portfolio:

• 

• 

• 

• 

Credit Policy, Underwriting Guidelines and Pricing;

Lender Approval, Monitoring and Management;

Underwriting, Servicing and Quality Control Audits; and

Management and Board Risk Committees.

Credit Policy, Underwriting Guidelines and Pricing

We manage our insurance portfolio's credit risk by the use of several loan eligibility matrices which describe the maximum 
LTV, minimum borrower credit score, maximum loan size, property type and occupancy status of loans that we will insure.  Our 
loan eligibility matrices as well as all of our detailed underwriting guidelines are contained in our Underwriting Guideline Manual 
that is publicly available on our website.  Our eligibility criteria and underwriting guidelines are designed to mitigate the layered 
risk inherent in a single insurance policy.  "Layered risk" refers to the accumulation of borrower, loan risk and property risk.  For 
example, we have higher credit score and lower maximum allowed LTV requirements for riskier property types, such as investor 
properties, compared to owner-occupied properties.

Another tool we currently use to manage our credit risk is to underwrite every loan we insure in both our delegated and 
non-delegated channels, as described above under "Business - Underwriting."  Our pricing policies also help mitigate credit risk in 
the form of higher premium rates for loan features or borrower characteristics associated with historically higher default rates.

Lender Approval, Monitoring and Management

We maintain prudent lender approval guidelines, including a requirement that a lender has experienced management, sound 
operations and underwriting controls, as well as appropriate escalation and exception policies and procedures.  Additionally, if a 
lender originates wholesale loans, we review how that lender manages and controls its authorized brokers.  We monitor our lender 
customers by analyzing trends of many factors, primarily focusing on a lender's underwriting performance.  We also assess our 

11

lenders' loan concentrations (e.g., LTVs, credit score, geography and loan purpose) and review their loan manufacturing processes.  
If we detect a trend that needs to be addressed, we attempt to identify the root cause of the issue and work to develop an agreed upon 
action plan with the lender, particularly for a lender that has delegated underwriting authority.

Underwriting, Servicing and Quality Control Audits

We have an underwriting quality control group that operates separately from the new business underwriting group to perform 
quality control reviews.  The underwriting quality control group assesses non-delegated underwriting completed by both our employee 
and USPs and post-close underwriting reviews of delegated business.  We perform quality control audits of insured loans identified 
through random, high risk and targeted selection criteria.  In addition, we review loans that default within 12 months of their origination.  
Our quality control review is primarily intended to assess the quality of the underwriting decision, including the accuracy and adequacy 
of the information and documentation used to reach that decision.

We provide relevant reporting to operations management and to senior management.  The findings from our quality control 
processes  inform  and  shape  certain  risk  processes  such  as  underwriter  authority  delegation,  lender  monitoring  and  guideline 
management.

Management and Board Risk Committees

We have a risk committee, comprised of senior management to monitor our underwriting, pricing and risk management 
practices.  This committee also monitors our portfolio concentrations and performance.  We expect that this committee will continue 
to include a diverse mix of senior management to ensure that those responsible for execution are balanced with those responsible 
for oversight.  New products, material changes to existing products or material changes to underwriting guidelines or pricing must 
be approved by the management risk committee prior to release.  Our Board Risk Committee performs the same type of monitoring 
and oversight of risk management practices and portfolio performance that the management risk committee performs. 

Market Risk

The risk profile of our business is also affected by the mortgage market and macroeconomic conditions.  Key drivers include 
regulatory and/or tax changes affecting the economics of residential mortgage lending; regulatory changes impacting the relative 
attractiveness of MI to our customers; and consumer attitudes about homeownership; structural changes to the industry that impact 
the role of the federal government and the GSEs.

We believe that the three primary market risks that we face are:

•  Declines in home prices.  A decline in home prices typically makes it more difficult for borrowers to sell or refinance their 
homes, generally increasing the likelihood of a default followed by a claim if borrowers experience job losses or other life 
events which reduce their incomes or increase their expenses.  In addition, a decline in home prices typically increases the 
severity of any claim we may pay. 

•  Reductions in income or increases in borrowers' expenses.  Borrowers able to make only small down payments often have 
more difficulty weathering financial hardships caused by unemployment or income reductions, or life events involving 
illness or divorce, because they may not have large amounts of personal savings or available credit.  Rising unemployment 
will increase the number of borrowers unable to remain current on their home mortgage and increase the number of new 
claims.

•  Higher interest rates.  An increase in interest rates typically leads to higher monthly payments for borrowers with existing 
adjustable rate mortgages as well as for borrowers hoping to purchase a home, the latter of which may have the effect of 
reducing the pool of potential borrowers available to purchase homes.  This can have the effect of increasing the likelihood 
of claims on insured loans in default for borrowers who experience job losses or other life events that reduce their incomes 
or increase their expenses.

We mitigate market risk in our insurance portfolio mainly by employing portfolio concentration limits.  We limit our exposure 
to product types that have experienced the most volatile performance in previous economic and housing market downturns.  For 
example, we have portfolio limits for certain LTV loans, investor loans and cash-out refinances, as well as for several other borrower 
or loan attributes and certain state concentration levels that we wish to control.  If we see regional economic deterioration, in the 
form of rising unemployment, declining home prices or rising mortgage delinquency levels we would mitigate our risks in the affected 
areas by instituting distressed market policies.  We currently have no such distressed market policies.

12

 
 
 
Operational Risk

Operational risks are inherent in our daily business activities.  Key operational risks include:  damage to physical assets, 
reliance on outside vendors, breaches of our system or other compromises resulting in unauthorized access to confidential, private 
and proprietary information, reliance on a complex information technology system and employee fraud or negligence.  We manage 
operational  risks  through  standard  risk  management  practices  such  as  hazard  insurance  policies,  rigorous  oversight  of  vendors, 
modern  IT  system  redundancy and  security practices, internal controls  and segregation  of  duties.   The key  controls to  mitigate 
operational  risks  are  established  and  maintained  by  management,  overseen  by  the  Board  and  monitored  by  our  Internal Audit 
Department. 

Servicing 

Our Policy Servicing Department is responsible for various servicing activities related to master policy administration, 
premium billing and payment processing and certificate administration.  The department has servicing specialists that are assigned 
to the majority of our accounts to assist with day-to-day transactions and to assist in monitoring the servicer's insured portfolio.  We 
have  established  policies  and  procedures  that  accommodate  various  methods  for  servicers  to  communicate  loan  and  certificate 
information to us.  We are currently integrated with the two largest third-party mortgage servicing systems, Black Knight Financial 
Services ("BKFS") and FiServ and directly with certain lender customers who manage their own servicing systems.  These parties' 
servicing platforms are used by the majority of our larger servicing accounts to exchange billing, payment and certificate level 
information on a daily or monthly basis.  We also have our own external facing servicing website which may be utilized by servicers 
to process their servicing transactions.

Defaults and Claims; Loss Mitigation

Defaults and Claims  

The MI claim cycle begins with our receipt of a Notice of Default ("NOD") for an insured loan from the loan servicer.  
Default is generally defined in our master policy as the failure by a borrower to pay when due a non-accelerated amount equal to the 
scheduled mortgage payment due under the terms of a loan or the failure by a borrower to pay all amounts due under a loan after 
the exercise of the due on sale clause of such loan.  We do not consider a loan to be in default for the purposes of reporting defaults 
and default rates and setting claim reserves until we receive notice from the servicer that a borrower has failed to pay two consecutive, 
regularly scheduled payments and is at least 60 days in default.  The master policy requires an insured to notify us of a default no 
later than 10 days after the borrower becomes three payments in default, although most lenders notify us sooner.  The incidence of 
default is affected by a variety of factors, including borrower income, unemployment, divorce and illness.  Defaults that are not cured 
result in a claim to us.  Defaults may be cured by the borrower remitting all delinquent loan payments, paying off the loan in its 
entirety, loan modifications or by a sale of the property and satisfaction of all amounts due.  

Claims result from uncured defaults, approved pre-foreclosure sales and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure.  Whether a claim 
results from an uncured default depends, in large part, on the borrower's equity in the home at the time of default, the borrower's or 
the lender's ability to sell the home for an amount sufficient to satisfy all amounts due under the mortgage and the willingness and 
ability of the borrower and lender to enter into a loan modification that provides for a cure of the default.  Various factors affect the 
frequency and amount of claims, including local housing prices, employment levels and interest rates. If a default is not cured and 
we receive a claim, any unearned premium collected from the date of default to the date of the claim payment is refunded to the 
insured along with the claim payment.

Under the terms of our master policy, the insured lender is required to file a claim for primary insurance with us within 60 
days after it has acquired title to the property securing the insured loan (typically through foreclosure) or when there has been an 
approved sale to a third party prior to foreclosure.  Across the industry, it has historically taken, on average, approximately 12 months 
for a default that is not cured to develop into a paid claim.  The rate at which claims are received and paid has slowed in recent years 
due to various state and lender foreclosure moratoriums and a lack of capacity in the court systems.  Foreclosure time-lines have 
also been extended as a result of the GSEs and recently enacted legislation requiring mortgage servicers to mitigate losses by offering 
forbearances and loan modifications prior to pursuing foreclosure on delinquent loans. 

Within 60 days after a claim has been filed and all documents required to review the claim have been delivered to us, we 
have the option of either (i) paying up to the coverage percentage specified for that loan, with the insured retaining title to the 
underlying property and receiving all proceeds from the eventual sale of the property, or (ii) paying 100% of the insured's loss on 
the loan in exchange for the lender's conveyance of good and marketable title to the property to us.  In the event we exercise the 
latter option, we will market and sell the property and retain all proceeds.

Claim activity is not evenly spread throughout the coverage period of a book of primary business.  Typically, relatively few 

13

 
 
claims are received during the first two years following issuance of coverage on a loan.  This is typically followed by a period of 
rising claim activity which, based on industry experience, has historically reached its highest level three to six years after loan 
origination.  Thereafter, the number of claims for a book year has historically declined at a gradual rate, although the rate of decline 
can be affected by conditions in the economy, including slowing home price appreciation or housing price depreciation and rising 
unemployment.  Persistency of our book, the condition of the economy, including unemployment, and other factors can affect the 
pattern of claim activity.   

Another important factor affecting losses is the amount of the average claim paid, which affects the claim amount as a 
proportion of total RIF, commonly referred to as claim severity.  The main determinants of claim severity are the amount of the 
mortgage loan, the coverage percentage on the loan and local market conditions.

Loss Mitigation

Before paying a claim, we will review the loan and servicing files to determine the appropriateness of the claim amount.  
Our master policy provides that we can reduce or deny a claim if the servicer did not comply with its obligations required by our 
policy, including the requirement to mitigate our loss by performing reasonable loss mitigation efforts or, for example, diligently 
pursuing a foreclosure or bankruptcy relief in a timely manner.  We call such reductions "curtailments."  In addition, the claims 
submitted to us may include costs and expenses not covered by our insurance policies, such as mortgage insurance premiums, hazard 
insurance premiums for periods after the claim date and losses resulting from property damage that has not been repaired.  These 
other adjustments are expected to reduce claim amounts by less than the amount of curtailments.

Under our master policy, insureds, typically through their servicers, must obtain prior approval from us before agreeing to 
execute a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, third-party pre-foreclosure sale or loan modification.  Our right to pre-approve these transactions 
gives us the ability to mitigate actual or potential loss on an insured loan by ensuring that properties are being marketed and sold at 
reasonable values and that, in the appropriate case, borrowers are offered modified loan terms that are structured to help them sustain 
their loan payments.  Proceeds from approved third-party sales occurring before we settle a claim may be factored into the claim 
settlement and can often mitigate the claim amount we may pay.  In connection with our approval rights of a pre-foreclosure sale or 
deed-in-lieu of foreclosure transaction, our master policy also gives us the right to obtain a contribution from a borrower who has 
the appropriate financial capacity, either in the form of cash or a promissory note, to cover a portion of the claim. 

We have agreed with Fannie Mae that Fannie Mae and its approved servicers have the right to approve, consistent with the 
terms of the delegation agreement, pre-foreclosure sales, deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure and loan modifications for all Fannie Mae 
owned loans that we insure.  Fannie Mae and its approved servicers will report all relevant information regarding these approvals 
to us and proceeds from borrower contributions will be shared between Fannie Mae and us on a pro rata basis, as defined in our 
master policy.

Claim Reserves and Premium Deficiency Reserve 

A significant period of time typically elapses between the time a borrower defaults on a mortgage payment, which is the 
event triggering our establishment of a claim reserve, and the eventual payment of the claim related to the uncured default.  To 
recognize the liability for unpaid claims related to outstanding reported defaults, or default inventory, we establish claim reserves in 
accordance with industry practice, representing the estimated percentage of defaults which may ultimately result in a claim, which 
is known as the claim rate, and the estimated severity of the claims which may arise from the defaults included in the default inventory.

We will also establish reserves to provide for the estimated costs of settling claims, general expenses of administering the 
claims settlement process, legal fees and other fees ("claim adjustment expenses"), and for claims and claim adjustment expenses 
from defaults that we estimate have occurred, but which have not yet been reported to us.  We refer to the latter as incurred but not 
reported or "IBNR" reserves.  Consistent with industry accounting practices, we do not establish claim reserves for estimated potential 
defaults that have not occurred but that may occur in the future.  For further discussion of our claim reserving policy and process, 
see Part II, Item  7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting 
Estimates - Reserve for Claims and Claim Adjustment Expenses." 

The processes described above to calculate loss reserves and IBNR reserves are applied only to loans that have been in 
default at least sixty days.  At the end of each fiscal quarter, we also perform an analysis on our entire portfolio of insured loans, 
including performing loans, to determine if we are required to establish a premium deficiency reserve.  We would establish a premium 
deficiency reserve, if necessary, when the net present value of expected future claims and expenses exceeds the net present value of 
expected future premiums and existing reserves.  The evaluation of premium deficiency requires significant judgment by management 
and depends upon many assumptions, including assumptions regarding future macroeconomic conditions.

14

 
 
 
Reinsurance 

Certain states limit the amount of risk a mortgage insurer may retain on a single loan to 25% of the borrower's indebtedness 
and, as a result, the portion of such insurance in excess of 25% must be reinsured.  NMIC uses reinsurance provided by Re One 
solely for purposes of compliance with statutory coverage limits.  We may choose to purchase reinsurance coverage in the future to 
help manage certain risk exposures and as part of our capital management strategy.  Under the terms of the GSE Approval, if we 
choose to use third-party reinsurance during the first three years from the date of the GSE Approval, we are required to obtain the 
GSEs' prior written consent, and subsequent to the three-year period from the GSE Approval, may enter into reinsurance arrangements 
as long as they meet the then applicable GSE Eligibility Requirements. 

Information Technology Systems

As a participant in the mortgage lending and MI industries, we rely on e-commerce and other technologies to provide and 
expand our products and services.  Customers require us to provide and service our mortgage insurance products in a secure manner, 
either electronically via our internet website or through direct electronic data transmissions.  We have invested in our infrastructure 
and technology through the design, development, integration and implementation of what we believe is an efficient, secure, scalable 
platform that supports our current business activities and enables significant future growth.  We underwrite and service our MI 
portfolio within this proprietary insurance management platform, which we refer to as AXIS. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Since the development of AXIS, we have continued to upgrade and enhance systems and technical capabilities, including:

technology that enables our customers to transact business faster and easier, whether via a secure internet connection or 
through a secure system-to-system interface;

integrating our platform with third-party technology providers used by our customers in their loan origination process to  
order our mortgage insurance and in their servicing processes for servicing and maintaining mortgage insurance policies; 

implementing advanced document and business process management software that focuses on improving our underwriting 
productivity and that may also be used to improve our quality assurance and loss management functions; and

launching our new mobile applications, which enable customers to view and access information through mobile devices, 
including  our  premium  rate  calculators,  guideline  updates  and  other  resources  and  information  notices.   These  mobile 
applications recently earned Web Marketing Association's MobileWebAward distinction for Best Financial Services Mobile 
Application, recognizing excellence in mobile web development.

We utilize and develop technology to support future growth while realizing current operating efficiencies throughout our 
enterprise.   We  realize  operating  efficiencies  by  outsourcing  certain  of  our  information  technology  functions.    Our  IT  systems 
architecture strategy incorporates Cloud (systems connected via the Internet) and Software as a Service technology in a number of 
areas to provide scalability and flexibility.

We employ and support the Mortgage Industry Standards Maintenance Organization ("MISMO") standard.  This is the 
standard data format used by the MI industry for data consistency throughout the origination process, which we believe streamlines 
the effort.  In addition to using the MISMO standard for origination transactions, we also support mortgage industry data standards 
for servicing transactions, which enables efficient connectivity with leading service bureau providers and directly with mortgage 
servicing entities.  As part of our underwriting process, we capture data from each mortgage insurance application, providing us with 
information for evaluating risk, back-testing expected performance and analyzing default patterns.

Investment Portfolio

Our investment portfolio and cash and cash equivalents are split between us and our insurance subsidiaries.  In general, we 
retain the balance of our cash and investments at the holding company until needed to further capitalize our insurance subsidiaries.  
Our portfolio is diversified across corporate, government and taxable municipal securities of various durations to attempt to minimize 
the risk of loss resulting from over concentration of assets in specific sectors or securities.  Diversification strategies are periodically 
reviewed.  While our portfolio is managed day-to-day by a third-party investment management company, Wells Capital Management, 
Inc., we maintain overall control over investment decisions based on our investment policies.

All  securities  in  the  portfolio  must  be  U.S.  dollar-denominated  and  have  the  National  Association  of  Insurance 
Commissioners ("NAIC") '1' or '2' designation or investment grade rating by Moody's, Standard & Poor's or Fitch at time of purchase.  
Our investment policies and strategies are subject to change depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions and our 
existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including our tax position.

15

 
 
 
 
Consistent with Wisconsin law, our investment policies emphasize preservation of capital, as well as total return.  Based 
on our guidelines, our current investment portfolio is comprised entirely of cash and cash equivalents and fixed-income securities, 
all of which are investment grade and rated "BBB" or higher.  Our policy guidelines contain limits on the amount of credit exposure 
to any one issue, issuer and type of instrument.  We expect to preserve the liquidity of our portfolio through diversification and 
investment in publicly traded securities.  We maintain a level of liquidity commensurate with our perceived business outlook and 
the expected timing, direction and degree of changes in interest rates.

Employees 

As of December 31, 2014, we had 189 full-time employees.  None of our employees are parties to a collective bargaining 
agreement.  We utilize a third-party professional employer organization to manage our payroll administration and related compliance 
requirements.

16

 
U.S. MORTGAGE INSURANCE REGULATION

As discussed below, private mortgage insurance companies operating in the U.S. are subject to comprehensive state and 
federal regulation and to significant oversight by the GSEs, the primary beneficiaries of our mortgage insurance coverage.  NMIC 
and Re One are directly regulated by our domiciliary and primary regulator, the Wisconsin Office of the Commissioner of Insurance 
("Wisconsin OCI") and by state insurance departments in each state in which these companies are licensed.  We are also significantly 
impacted by federal laws and regulations affecting the housing finance system.

We believe that a strong, viable private MI market is a critical component of the U.S. housing finance system.  We meet 
frequently with regulatory agencies, including our state insurance regulators and the FHFA, the GSEs, our customers and other 
industry participants to promote the role and value of private mortgage insurance and exchange views on the U.S. housing finance 
system.  We believe we have an open dialogue with our domiciliary regulator and often share our views on current matters regarding 
the MI industry.  We actively participate in industry discussions regarding potential changes to the MI regulatory environment.  We 
intend to continue to promote legislative and regulatory policies that support a viable and competitive private MI industry and a well-
functioning U.S. housing finance system.

GSE Oversight

GSE Approval Conditions

The GSEs are the principal purchasers of mortgages insured by MI companies.  See, Part I, Item 1, "Business - Overview 
of the Private Mortgage Insurance Industry - GSEs."  In January 2013, the GSEs approved NMIC as a qualified mortgage insurer, 
and  with  their  approvals,  imposed  certain  capitalization,  operational  and  reporting  conditions  on  NMIC  (collectively  the  "GSE 
Approval"), most of which remain in effect for a three-year period from the date of GSE Approval.   As a GSE qualified mortgage 
insurer, NMIC is subject to ongoing compliance with the conditions in the GSE Approval as well as the GSEs' respective Eligibility 
Requirements, each of which is further discussed below.

The conditions in the GSE Approval require, among other things, that NMIC:

•  maintain minimum capital of $150 million;

• 

• 

• 

• 

operate at a risk-to-capital ratio not to exceed 15:1 for its first three years and then pursuant to the GSE Eligibility 
Requirements then in effect;

not declare or pay dividends to affiliates or to NMIH for its first three years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements;

not enter into capital support agreements or guarantees for the benefit of, or purchase or otherwise invest in the debt 
of, affiliates without the prior written approval of the GSEs for its first three years, then pursuant to the Eligibility 
Requirements; and

not enter into reinsurance or other risk share arrangements without the GSEs' prior written approval for its first three 
years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements.

The GSE Approvals also include other conditions, limitations and reporting requirements, including, among others, limits 
on costs allocated to NMIC under affiliate expense sharing arrangements;  conditions related to risk concentration and rates of return; 
requirements to obtain a financial strength rating; restrictions on provision of ancillary services (i.e., non-insurance) to customers 
and transfers of underwriting to affiliates; notification requirements regarding change of ownership and new five percent shareholders; 
requirement to, at the direction of one or both of the GSEs, re-domicile from Wisconsin to another state; and provisions regarding 
underwriting policies and claims processing.

GSE Eligibility Requirements

Each GSE maintains its own Eligibility Requirements, which they have been in the process of revising since mid-2010.  On 
July 10, 2014, the FHFA released for public input the proposed PMIERs, that when adopted will replace the Eligibility Requirements.  
The PMIERs, when finalized and effective, establish operational, business, remedial and financial requirements applicable to private 
mortgage insurers that insure residential mortgages owned or guaranteed by the GSEs, i.e., Approved Insurers.  (Italicized terms 
have the same meaning that such terms have in the draft PMIERs, as described below.)

In an Overview of the draft PMIERs published concurrently with release of the proposed revised eligibility standards, the 
FHFA announced that the PMIERs will take effect 180 days following the publication date of final PMIERs (the "Effective Date").  
The Overview further provides that prior to the Effective Date, each private mortgage insurer shall either (i) certify to the GSEs that 
it fully complies with the PMIER financial requirements as of the Effective Date or (ii) obtain GSE approvals on a transition plan 
detailing how it will comply with the financial requirements not later than two years following the publication date (the "Compliance 
17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date").  We believe that each GSE will publish its own set of PMIERs and that final publication will likely occur during the first 
half of 2015, making the Effective Date sometime in the second half of 2015.  As of the Effective Date, each MI, including NMIC, 
will have to comply with the financial requirements or have a GSE-approved transition plan in place.  

The public comment period for the PMIERs closed on September 8, 2014, and we, along with other industry participants, 
provided comments to the FHFA, which are publicly available on the FHFA's website.  Our comments, the FHFA's website and 
information contained on or accessible through the FHFA's website are not incorporated by reference into this report.  As discussed 
below in Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Proposed 
PMIERs," assuming the PMIERs are finalized and published as anticipated, we expect that NMIC will submit a transition plan to 
the GSEs within 90 days of the Effective Date detailing how NMIC will fully comply with the PMIERs on the Compliance Date, or 
prior to the Effective Date, NMIC will have undertaken measures to fully comply with the PMIERs as of the Effective Date.

State Mortgage Insurance Regulation

Certificates of Authority

NMIC requires a certificate of authority, or insurance license, in each state or jurisdiction in which it issues insurance 

policies.  NMIC is currently licensed in all 50 states and D.C.

As conditions of obtaining licenses in Alabama, Arizona, California, Florida, Missouri, New York, Ohio and Texas, NMIC 
entered into agreements with the Alabama Department of Insurance ("ALDOI"), the California Insurance Department ("CADOI"), 
the Florida Office of Insurance Regulation ("FLDOI"), the Missouri Department of Insurance ("MODOI"), the New York State 
Department  of  Financial  Services  ("NYDOI"),  the  Ohio  Department  of  Insurance  ("OHDOI")  and  the Texas  Commissioner  of 
Insurance ("TXDOI").  The agreements with the CADOI, FLDOI, MODOI, NYDOI, OHDOI and TXDOI, provide, among other 
things, that:

•  NMIC (i) refrain from paying any dividends; (ii) retain all profits; and (iii) other than in Florida, maintain a risk-to-capital 

ratio not to exceed 20 to 1, for three years from the date of GSE Approval (i.e., until January 2016); and

• 

certain start-up compensation expenses and equity compensation in the form of stock options and restricted stock units 
("RSUs") shall not be allocated to or assumed as a cost or expense by NMIC.

In its agreements with the FLDOI and NYDOI, NMIC is required to obtain the FLDOI's and NYDOI's respective prior 
written approvals to significantly deviate from the plan of operations and/or financial projections that were submitted to the FLDOI 
and NYDOI in connection with NMIC's license applications in those states.

In connection with NMIC's license applications in California, Missouri and New York, NMIH entered into agreements with 
the CADOI, MODOI and NYDOI requiring NMIH to contribute capital to NMIC as necessary to maintain NMIC's risk-to-capital 
ratio at or below 20 to 1 for three years from the date of GSE Approval.  In addition, the operation plan filed with the Wisconsin 
OCI and other state insurance departments in connection with NMIC's license applications includes the expectation that NMIH will 
downstream additional capital, if needed, so that NMIC does not exceed an 18 to 1 risk-to-capital ratio.  Re One is also a party to 
the agreement with the CADOI. 

State Insurance Laws

As mandated by state insurance laws, mortgage insurers are generally single-line companies restricted to writing only MI 
business.  These regulations are principally designed for the protection of our insured policyholders rather than for the benefit of 
investors.  Although their scope varies, state insurance laws generally grant broad supervisory powers to insurance regulatory officials 
to examine insurance companies and interpret and/or enforce rules or exercise discretion affecting almost every significant aspect 
of the insurance business.

In general, state insurance regulation of our business relates to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

licenses to transact business; 

policy forms;

premium rates;

insurable loans;

annual and quarterly reports on our financial condition; 

the basis upon which assets and liabilities must be stated; 

18

 
 
• 

requirements regarding loss, unearned premium and contingency reserves; 

•  minimum capital levels and adequacy ratios; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

affiliate transactions;

reinsurance requirements; 

limitations on the types of investment instruments which may be held in an investment portfolio; 

the size of risks and limits on coverage of individual risks which may be insured;

special deposits of securities; 

limits on dividends payable;

claims handling; and

conformance with the operating plan filed with each licensing state, subject to any updates to the plan. 

As an insurance holding company, we are registered with the Wisconsin OCI, NMIC and Re One's primary regulator, and 
must provide certain information to the Wisconsin OCI on an ongoing basis, including insurance holding company annual audited 
consolidated financial statements.  We, as an insurance holding company, and each of our affiliates, are prohibited from engaging in 
certain transactions with our insurance subsidiaries without submission to, and in some instances, prior approval by the Wisconsin 
OCI.  Like most states, Wisconsin regulates transactions between domestic insurance companies and their parents or affiliates.  Under 
Wisconsin law, all transactions involving us, or an affiliate, and an insurance subsidiary, must conform to certain standards including 
that the transaction is "reasonable and fair" to the insurance subsidiary.  Wisconsin law also provides that reports of certain transactions 
must be filed with the Wisconsin OCI at least 30 days before the transaction is entered into and that these transactions may be 
disapproved by the Wisconsin OCI within that period.

Wisconsin's insurance regulations generally provide that no person may merge with or acquire control (which is defined as 
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether 
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, by common management or otherwise) of us or our insurance subsidiaries 
unless the merger or transaction in which control is acquired has been approved by the Wisconsin OCI. Wisconsin law provides for 
a rebuttable presumption of control when a person owns or has the right to vote, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the voting 
securities  of  a  company.  Pursuant  to  applicable  Wisconsin  regulations,  voting  securities  include  securities  convertible  into  or 
evidencing the right to acquire securities with the right to vote.  For purposes of determining whether control exists, the Wisconsin 
OCI may aggregate the direct or indirect ownership of us by entities under common control with one another.  Accordingly, any 
investor that may be deemed to own 10% or more of our common stock or other securities that are considered to be voting securities, 
whether separately or through the aggregation of its ownership with that of its affiliates or other third parties whose holdings are 
required to be aggregated, should consult with its legal advisors to ensure that it complies with applicable requirements of Wisconsin 
law.  In addition, the insurance regulations of certain states require prior notification to the state's insurance department before a 
person acquires control of an insurance company licensed in such state.  An insurance company's licenses to conduct business in 
those states could be affected by any such change in control.  As of the date of this report, we are aware of one stockholder that owns 
more  than 10%  of  our  shares of  common  stock.  This  stockholder  has  filed a  disclaimer of  control  with the Wisconsin  OCI  in 
connection therewith, which the Wisconsin OCI has not disapproved.

Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to Wisconsin statutory requirements as to maintenance of policyholders' surplus and 
payment of dividends.  Under Wisconsin law, our insurance subsidiaries may not pay any dividend or distribution before providing 
at least 30 days' notice to the Wisconsin OCI, unless, with respect to non-extraordinary dividends, the exception of Section 617.22
(3) is applicable.  Wisconsin law prohibits our insurance subsidiaries from paying any dividend or distribution unless it is fair and 
reasonable to the insurance subsidiary.  The maximum amount of dividends that the insurance subsidiaries may pay in any 12-month 
period without approval by the Wisconsin OCI is the lesser of adjusted statutory net income or 10% of statutory policyholders' surplus 
as of the preceding calendar year end.  Adjusted statutory net income is defined for this purpose to be the greater of the following: 

a.  The net income of the insurer for the calendar year preceding the date of the dividend or distribution, minus realized capital 

gains for that calendar year; or 

b.  The aggregate of the net income of the insurer for the 3 calendar years preceding the date of the dividend or distribution, 
minus realized capital gains for those calendar years and minus dividends paid or credited and distributions made within 
the first 2 of the preceding 3 calendar years. 

In addition to Wisconsin, other states may limit or restrict our insurance subsidiaries' ability to pay stockholder dividends.  
For example, California and New York prohibit mortgage insurers licensed in such states from declaring dividends except from 

19

undivided profits remaining above the aggregate of their paid-in capital, paid-in surplus and contingency reserves.  In addition, the 
State of Florida requires mortgage insurers to hold capital and surplus not less than the lesser of (i) 10% of its total liabilities, or (ii) 
$100 million.  It is possible that Wisconsin will adopt revised statutory provisions or interpretations of existing statutory provisions 
that will be more or less restrictive than those described above or will otherwise take actions that may further restrict the ability of 
our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions or returns of capital.

MI companies licensed in Wisconsin are required to establish contingency loss reserves for purposes of statutory accounting, 
with annual contributions equal to the greater of (i) 50% of net earned premiums or (ii) minimum policyholders' position divided by 
seven. These amounts cannot be withdrawn for a period of 10 years, except as permitted by insurance regulations. With prior approval 
from the Wisconsin OCI, an MI company may make early withdrawals from the contingency reserve when incurred losses exceed 
35% of net premiums earned in a calendar year.

Under applicable Wisconsin law and 15 other states, a mortgage insurer must maintain a minimum amount of statutory 
capital relative to its risk-in-force in order for the mortgage insurer to continue to write new business.  We refer to these requirements 
as the "risk-to-capital requirement."  While formulations of minimum capital may vary in certain jurisdictions, the most common 
measure applied allows for a maximum permitted risk-to-capital ratio of 25 to 1. Wisconsin has formula-based limits that typically 
result in limits slightly higher than the 25 to 1 ratio.  As discussed above under "State Insurance Regulation - Certificates of Authority," 
in connection with NMIC's applications for licensure in certain states, NMIC and NMIH entered into agreements providing, among 
other things, that we maintain for a limited period of time (generally a three-year period from GSE Approval) NMIC's risk-to-capital 
ratio at or below certain thresholds that are lower than those states' statutory risk-to-capital requirements.

We compute our risk-to-capital ratio on a separate company statutory basis, as well as for our combined insurance operations.  
The risk-to-capital ratio is our net risk-in-force divided by our statutory capital.  Our net risk-in-force includes both direct and assumed 
primary and pool risk-in-force, less risk ceded and excluding risk on policies that are currently in default and for which loss reserves 
have been established.  Wisconsin requires a mortgage insurer to maintain a "minimum policyholders' position" as calculated in 
accordance with the applicable regulations.  Policyholders' position, which is also known as statutory capital, is the sum of statutory 
policyholders' surplus (which increases as a result of statutory net income and contributions and decreases as a result of statutory 
net loss and dividends paid), plus the statutory contingency reserve.  Under statutory accounting rules, the contingency reserve is 
reported as a liability on the statutory balance sheet; however, for purposes of statutory capital and risk-to-capital ratio calculations, 
it is included as a capital component.

Most states, including Wisconsin, have anti-inducement and anti-rebate laws applicable to mortgage insurers, which prohibit 
mortgage insurers from inducing lenders to enter into insurance contracts by offering benefits not specified in the policy, including 
rebates  of  insurance  premiums.    For  example,  Wisconsin  prohibits  a  mortgage  insurer  from  allowing  any  commission,  fee, 
remuneration, or other compensation to be paid to, or received by, any insured lender, including any subsidiary or affiliate, officer, 
director, or employee of any insured, any member of their immediate family, any corporation, partnership, trust, trade association in 
which any insured is a member, or other entity in which any insured or any such officer, director, or employee or any member of 
their immediate family has a financial interest.

MI premium rates are also subject to state regulation to protect policyholders against the adverse effects of excessive, 
inadequate or unfairly discriminatory rates and to encourage competition in the insurance marketplace.  Any increase in premium 
rates must be justified, generally on the basis of the insurer's loss experience, expenses and future trend analysis.  The general mortgage 
default experience may also be considered.  Premium rates are subject to review and challenge by state regulators.

State insurance receivership law, not federal bankruptcy law, would govern any insolvency or financially hazardous condition 
of our insurance subsidiaries.  The Wisconsin OCI has substantial authority to issue orders or seek and control a state insurance 
receivership proceeding to address the insolvency or a financially hazardous condition of an insurance company that it regulates.  
Under Wisconsin law, the Wisconsin OCI has substantial flexibility to restructure an insurance company in a receivership proceeding. 
Under Wisconsin law, the OCI is obligated to optimize the value of an insolvent insurer's estate for the benefit of its policyholders, 
whose claims are prioritized relative to the claims of shareholders.

Other U.S. Regulation

Federal laws and regulations applicable to participants in the housing finance industry, including mortgage originators and 
servicers, purchasers of mortgage loans, such as the GSEs, and governmental insurers such as the FHA and VA, directly and indirectly 
impact private mortgage insurers.  Changes in federal housing legislation may have significant effects on the demand for MI and, 
therefore, may materially affect our business. 

We  are  also  impacted  by  federal  regulation  of  residential  mortgage  transactions.    Mortgage  origination  and  servicing 
transactions are subject to compliance with various federal and state consumer protection laws, including the Real Estate Settlement 

20

 
 
Procedures Act of 1974 ("RESPA"), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, HOPA, the Fair Credit Reporting Act 
of 1970 ("FCRA"), the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and others.  Among other things, these laws and their implementing 
regulations prohibit payments for referrals of settlement service business, require fairness and non-discrimination in granting or 
facilitating the granting of credit and insurance, govern the circumstances under which companies may obtain and use consumer 
credit information, establish standards for cancellation of borrower-paid mortgage insurance, define the manner in which companies 
may pursue collection activities, require disclosures of the cost of credit and provide for other consumer protections.

  Housing Finance Reform

The Federal government currently plays a dominant role in the U.S. housing finance system through the GSEs and the FHA, 
VA and Ginnie Mae.  There is broad policy consensus toward the need for private capital to play a larger role and government credit 
risk to be reduced.  However, to date there has been a lack of consensus with regard to the specific changes necessary to return a 
larger role for private capital and how small the eventual role of government should become.  With the GSEs in their 7th year of 
conservatorship, the U.S. Congress is more likely to address the role and purpose of the GSEs in the U.S. housing market and 
potentially legislate structural and other changes to the GSEs and the functioning of the secondary mortgage market.  Since 2011, 
there have been numerous legislative proposals intended to scale back the GSEs, however, no legislation has been enacted to date.  
Passage of currently proposed GSE reform legislation is uncertain and could change through the legislative process, which could 
take time, making the actual impact on us and our industry difficult to predict.  Such changes, if they come to pass, could have a 
significant impact on our business.

FHA Reform

We compete with the single-family mortgage insurance programs of the FHA, which is part of the U.S. Department of 
Housing and Urban Development ("HUD").  The FHA's role in the mortgage insurance industry is also significantly dependent upon 
regulatory developments.   Since 2012, there have been several legislative proposals intended to reform the FHA, including provisions 
to strengthen the solvency requirements of the FHA's Mutual Mortgage Insurance Fund ("MMIF"); however, no legislation has been 
enacted to date. Each year, FHA is required to perform an actuarial projection on its insurance portfolio and report the results to 
Congress.  On November 17, 2014, HUD made a report to Congress that the FHA's MMIF's net worth improved from last year's 
estimate, from a $1.3 billion deficit to $4.8 billion.  In addition, HUD reported that the MMIF's capital ratio improved from -0.11% 
to 0.41%; however, it remains below the required capital reserve ratio of 2%.  HUD reported that the MMIF is expected to reach the 
required capital reserve ratio of 2% in 2016.  Although the MMIF's outlook has improved considerably, we believe Congress will 
continue to consider legislation to reform the FHA.  Although there has been broad policy consensus toward the need for private 
capital to play a larger role and government credit risk to be reduced in the U.S. housing finance system, the current administration 
recently announced a 50 basis point reduction to the FHA's single-family annual mortgage insurance premiums, which may have 
the effect of increasing the role of government.  The prospects for passage of FHA reform legislation in either the House or Senate, 
and how differences in proposed reforms between the House and Senate might be resolved in any final legislation, remain uncertain. 

The Dodd-Frank Act

The  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection Act  of  2010  (the  "Dodd-Frank Act")  amended  certain 
provisions of the Truth In Lending Act ("TILA"), RESPA and the Exchange Act that have had a significant impact on our business.  
The  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  ("CFPB"),  a  Federal  agency  created  by  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  is  charged  with 
implementation and enforcement of these provisions.  In 2013, the CFPB published its final ability to repay ("ATR") rule, which 
went into effect in January 2014, and Federal Banking Regulators, together with, the FHFA, HUD and the SEC, recently finalized 
a rule defining a Qualified Residential Mortgage ("QRM").

Qualified Mortgage Regulations

The Dodd-Frank Act ATR mortgage provisions govern the obligation of lenders to determine the borrower's ability to pay 
when originating a mortgage loan covered by the statute.  The ATR rule went into effect on January 10, 2014.  A subset of mortgages 
within the ATR rule is known as "qualified mortgage" ("QM").  For a mortgage loan to be a QM, the rule first prohibits certain loan 
features, such as negative amortization, points and fees in excess of 3% of the loan amount, and terms exceeding 30 years.  The rule 
also establishes underwriting criteria for QMs including that a borrower must have a total debt-to-income ratio of less than or equal 
to 43%.  The ATR rule provides that a covered first mortgage loan meeting the QM definition bearing an annual percentage rate no 
greater than 1.5% plus a prevailing market rate is regarded as complying with ATR requirements, while if a covered first mortgage 
loan bears an annual percentage rate of greater than 1.5% plus a prevailing market rate, it will carry a rebuttable presumption of 
compliance with the ATR rule.  QMs under the rule benefit from a statutory presumption of compliance with the ATR rule, thus 
potentially mitigating the risk of the liability of the creditor and assignees of the loan under TILA.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
The rule also provides a temporary category of QMs that have more flexible underwriting requirements so long as they 
satisfy the general product feature requirements of QMs and so long as they meet the underwriting requirements of the GSEs or those 
of HUD, Department of Veterans Affairs or Rural Housing Service (collectively, "Other Federal Agencies").  The temporary category 
of QMs that meet the underwriting requirements of the GSEs will phase out upon the earlier to occur of the end of conservatorship 
of the GSEs or January 10, 2021.  We, along with other industry participants, have observed that the significant majority of covered 
loans made after the effective date of the CFPB's ATR rule have been QMs.  We expect that most lenders will continue to be reluctant 
to make loans that do not qualify as QMs (either under the rules' specific underwriting guidelines or government or GSE underwriting 
guidelines) because absent full compliance with the ATR rule, such loans will not be entitled to a "safe-harbor" presumption of 
compliance with the ability-to-pay requirements.

The ATR regulation may impact the mortgage insurance industry in several ways.  First, the ATR regulation has given rise 
to a subset of borrowers who cannot meet the regulatory QM standards, thus reducing the size of the mortgage market tied to such 
borrowers.  Second, under the ATR regulation, if the lender requires the borrower to purchase MI payable monthly, then the MI 
premiums are included in monthly mortgage costs in determining the borrower's ability to repay the loan.  To date, the full impact 
of the ATR rule on demand for MI because of inclusion of monthly MI premiums in the borrower's monthly payment is not yet 
known.

Third, under the ATR regulation, mortgage insurance premiums that are payable at or prior to consummation of the loan 
are includible in points and fees for purposes of determining QM status unless, and to the extent that, such up-front premiums ("UFP") 
are (i) less than or equal to the UFP charged by the FHA and (ii) are automatically refundable on a pro rata basis upon satisfaction 
of the loan.  (The FHA currently charges UFP of 1.75% on all residential mortgage loans, but it has the authority to change its UFP 
from time to time.)  As inclusion of MI premiums towards the 3% cap will reduce the capacity for other points and fees in covered 
transactions, mortgage originators will be less likely to purchase borrower-paid single premium MI products, to the extent that the 
associated premiums are deemed to be points and fees.  In general, LPMI premiums are not counted in the consideration of the 
borrower's monthly payment or in the 3% points and fees determination.  As a result, we believe there is greater demand for LPMI 
single-premium products, including single LPMI products that may be discounted, compared to BPMI single premium products; 
however, we do not have sufficient experience or data to reliably predict whether such demand will continue.

Qualified Residential Mortgage Regulations

The Dodd-Frank Act generally provides that an issuer of an asset-backed security or a person who organizes and initiates 
an asset-backed transaction (a "securitizer") must retain at least 5% of the risk associated with securitized mortgage loans.  This risk 
retention requirement does not apply to mortgage loans that are Qualified Residential Mortgages ("QRMs") or that are insured by 
the FHA or another federal agency.  By exempting QRMs from the risk-retention requirement, the cost of securitizing these mortgages 
would be reduced, thus providing a market incentive for the origination of loans that are exempt from the risk-retention requirement.

The Dodd-Frank Act required certain federal regulators, including the SEC, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
("FDIC"), the OCC and (as to residential mortgage transactions) HUD and FHFA, to promulgate regulations providing for minimum 
credit risk-retention requirements in securitizations of residential mortgage loans that do not meet the definition of QRM.  Congress 
directed these regulators to define QRM no broader than the definition of QM, which is discussed above.  On October 24, 2014, the 
agencies issued the final QRM rule, with an effective date of February 23, 2015.  The QRM rule provides for the required risk 
retention of 5%, and as directed by Congress, excludes QM from the risk retention requirements.  In addition, the rule excludes from 
the risk retention rule mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac as a sponsor, during the duration of the 
GSEs' conservatorships, or by any limited-life regulatory entity succeeding to either GSE.  To benefit from the exemption from risk 
retention, the GSEs in conservatorship and/or any limited life regulatory entity, as the sponsors, must fully guarantee the timely 
payment of principal and interest on all mortgage-backed securities issued. 

We, and the industry, continue to evaluate the final QRM rule and its impact, if any, on the MI industry.  The potential 
impact depends on, among other things, the mortgage finance market's reaction to the final rule on and after the rule's effective date, 
including whether the final rule will affect the size of the high-LTV mortgage market and the extent to which the GSEs' mortgage 
purchase and securitization activities become a smaller portion of the overall market and securitizations subject to the risk retention 
requirements and the QRM exemption become a larger part of the mortgage market.

Basel III

In 1988, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision ("Basel Committee") developed the Basel Capital Accord ("Basel 
I"), which set out international benchmarks for assessing banks' capital adequacy requirements.  In June 2005, the Basel Committee 
issued an update to Basel I (as revised in November 2005, "Basel II"), which, among other factors, governs the capital treatment of 
MI purchased by domestic and international banks in respect of their origination and securitization activities.  In November 2010, 
the U.S. agreed to a new capital framework known as Basel III.  This new capital framework is replacing the Basel II capital rules, 
22

 
 
 
 
 
which have not yet been implemented for U.S. depository institutions or holding companies.  The Basel III framework refines the 
Basel II risk-based structure by requiring the use of highly stressed scenarios in determining the appropriate levels of risk undertaken 
by banks, and it will also increase the required minimum capital ratios.  The Basel III framework restricts the instruments that can 
count toward meeting the capital requirements, placing greater emphasis on common equity and retained earnings.  Finally, Basel 
III  includes  a  new  minimum  liquidity  standard  on  banking  organizations.    U.S.  banking  regulators  promulgated  regulations  to 
implement significant elements of the Basel III framework.

The phase in period for U.S. banks to implement the Basel III regulations is for a duration of five years, which started on 
January 2, 2014.  The regulations increase the amount of capital and the quality of the capital required to be held by banks.  In 
addition, the capital rules will continue to risk-weight assets based on internal models that use inputs such as the probability of default 
and the bank's expected loss given a default.  The regulations continue the current treatment for the risk weighting of residential 
mortgage assets and the treatment of mortgage insurance as reducing the risk weighting on mortgages where the borrower has made 
a down payment of less than 10% of the value of the residential property.  

In addition, the regulations increased the risk weighting for mortgage servicing assets held by banks and require the mortgage 
servicing assets above certain levels be deducted from the calculation of Tier I equity.  Since most low down payment mortgages 
originated today are either sold to the GSEs or insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA, we cannot predict what, if any, impact 
to the MI industry the Basel III regulations will have over time.  Since a significant percentage of the mortgages insured by the MI 
industry are serviced by banks or bank-owned mortgage companies, the changes in risk weighting for mortgage servicing assets and 
the deductions from Tier I equity capital for mortgage servicing assets above certain levels has caused and may continue to cause 
shifts in the amounts of mortgages serviced by banks and bank affiliates or subsidiaries relative to non-banking organizations.  It is 
difficult to predict the impact these shifts may have on the quality of the servicing of insured mortgages or the ultimate impact on 
the MI industry.

In December 2014, the Basel Committee issued a proposal for further revisions to Basel III's standardized approach for 
credit risk.  The proposal sets forth proposed adjustments to the risk weights for residential mortgage loans.  With this proposal, the 
Basel Committee is considering taking into account the borrower's ability to service a mortgage as a proxy for a debt service coverage 
ratio.  The proposal remains open for comment, and it is difficult to predict the form of any final regulation and its impact, if any, 
on the MI industry.

  Mortgage Servicing Rules

New residential mortgage servicing rules under the Dodd-Frank Act, promulgated by the CFPB, went into effect in 2014.  
These rules included new or enhanced servicer requirements for handling escrow accounts, responding to borrower assertions of 
error and inquiries from borrowers, special handling of loans that are in default and loss mitigation in the event of borrower default.  
A provision of the required loss mitigation procedures prohibits the loan holder or servicer from commencing foreclosure until 120 
days after the borrower's delinquency.  Violation of the loss mitigation rules, largely mandating special notices, handling and processing 
procedures (with deadlines) based on borrower submissions, may subject the servicer to private rights of action under consumer 
protection laws.  Such actions or threats of such actions could cause delays in and increase costs and expenses associated with default 
servicing, including foreclosure.  As to servicing of delinquent mortgage loans covered by our insurance policies, these rules could 
contribute to delays in and increased costs associated with foreclosure proceedings and have an adverse impact on the cost and 
resolution of claims.

  Homeowners Protection Act of 1998

HOPA  provides  for  the  automatic  termination,  or  cancellation  upon  a  borrower's  request,  of  "borrower-paid  mortgage 
insurance" or BPMI, as defined in HOPA, upon satisfaction of certain conditions.  HOPA requires that lenders give borrowers certain 
notices with regard to the automatic termination or cancellation of borrower-paid mortgage insurance.  These provisions apply to 
BPMI for purchase money, refinance and construction loans secured by the borrower's principal dwelling.  FHA and VA loans are 
not covered by HOPA.  Under HOPA, automatic termination of BPMI would generally occur when the mortgage is first scheduled 
to reach an LTV of 78% of the home's original value, assuming that the borrower is current on the required mortgage payments.  A 
borrower who has a "good payment history," as defined by HOPA, may generally request cancellation of BPMI when the LTV is 
first scheduled to reach 80% of the home's original value or when actual payments reduce the loan balance to 80% of the home's 
original value, whichever occurs earlier.  If BPMI coverage is not canceled at the borrower's request or by the automatic termination 
provision, the mortgage servicer must terminate such BPMI coverage by the first day of the month following the date that is the 
midpoint of the loan's amortization, assuming the borrower is current on the required mortgage payments.

23

 
 
 
 
Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974

RESPA will apply to most residential mortgages insured by us.  MI generally may be considered to be a "settlement service" 
for purposes of RESPA under applicable regulations.  Subject to limited exceptions, RESPA prohibits persons from giving or accepting 
anything of value in connection with the referral of a settlement service.  RESPA authorizes the CFPB to bring civil enforcement 
actions and also provides for criminal penalties and private rights of action.  RESPA also affects how we structure ancillary services 
that we may provide to our customers, if any, including underwriting services and risk-share arrangements.  RESPA, in addition, 
imposes various duties and obligations on mortgage servicers.

  Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975

Most originators of mortgage loans are required to collect and report data relating to a mortgage loan applicant's race, 
nationality, gender, marital status, and census tract to the CFPB under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 ("HMDA").  
Mortgage insurers are not required pursuant to any law or regulation to report HMDA data, although, under the laws of several states, 
mortgage insurers are currently prohibited from discriminating on the basis of certain protected classifications.  In the past, certain 
mortgage  insurers  have  voluntarily  reported  to  the  Federal  Financial  Institutions  Examinations  Council  the  same  data  on  loans  
submitted for insurance as is required for most mortgage lenders under HMDA. We are currently evaluating whether we will report 
such data to one or more federal agencies in the future.

  Mortgage Insurance Tax Deduction

In 2006, Congress enacted on a temporary basis the private mortgage insurance tax deduction, which expired at the end of 
2011.  In January 2013, Congress passed the American Taxpayer Relief Act, which extended the private mortgage insurance tax 
deduction  retroactively  for  one  year  and  prospectively  for  one  year  until  December  31,  2013.    In  December  2014,  Congress 
retroactively extended the private mortgage insurance tax deduction to cover the 2014 tax year, from January 1, 2014 to December 
31, 2014.  Congress has periodically considered proposed legislation that would make the private mortgage insurance tax deduction 
permanent, but to date has not enacted any such legislation.  We cannot predict whether the tax deduction will be made permanent 
and if not, whether it will be further extended following its expiration on December 31, 2014.

Privacy and Information Security 

We provide mortgage insurance products and services to financial institutions with which we have business relationships.  
In the normal course of providing our products and services, we may receive non-public personal information regarding such financial 
institutions' customers.  The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 ("GLB") and related state and federal regulations implementing its 
privacy  and  safeguarding  provisions  impose  privacy  and  information  security  requirements  on  financial  institutions,  including 
obligations to protect and safeguard consumers' non-public personal information.  GLB and its implementing regulations are enforced 
by state insurance regulators and state attorneys general, and by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") and the CFPB.  In 
addition, many states have enacted privacy and data security laws which impose compliance obligations beyond GLB, including 
obligations to protect social security numbers and provide notification in the event that a security breach results in a reasonable belief 
that unauthorized persons may have obtained access to consumer non-public personal information.

Fair Credit Reporting Act

The Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, or FCRA, imposes restrictions on the permissible use of credit report 
information.  FCRA has been interpreted by some FTC staff and Federal courts to require mortgage insurance companies to provide 
"adverse action" notices to consumers in the event an application for mortgage insurance is declined or offered at higher than the 
best available rate for the program applied for on the basis of a review of the consumer's credit.  We provide such notices when 
required.

Anti-Discrimination Laws

The  Equal  Credit  Opportunity Act,  or  ECOA,  requires  creditors  and  insurers  to  handle  applications  for  credit  and  for 
insurance in accordance with specified requirements and prohibits discrimination in lending or insurance based on prohibited factors 
such as gender, race, ethnicity, age and familial status.  The Fair Housing Act prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, gender 
and other prohibited bases in connection with housing-secured credit transactions.

Implications of and Elections Under the JOBS Act 

As a company that had gross revenues of less than $1 billion during its last fiscal year, we are an "emerging growth company," 
as defined in the JOBS Act (an "EGC").  We will retain that status until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we 
have total annual gross revenues of $1,000,000,000 (as indexed for inflation in the manner set forth in the JOBS Act) or more; (ii) 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective 
registration statement under the Securities Act; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than 
$1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer," as defined in Rule 
12b-2 under the Exchange Act or any successor thereto.  We expect to retain our status as an EGC through year end 2015. 

As an EGC:

•  we are exempted from compliance with Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley, which requires our auditors to attest to and report 

on our internal control over financial reporting;

•  we are not required to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standard until such date as a private company 
(i.e., a company that is not an "issuer" as defined by Section 2(a) of Sarbanes-Oxley) is required to comply with such new 
or revised accounting standard. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable with another public company 
which is neither an EGC nor an EGC which has opted out of using the extended transition period;

•  we may elect to not comply with Item 402 of Regulation S-K, which requires extensive quantitative and qualitative disclosure 
regarding  executive  compensation,  but  instead  disclose  the  more  limited  information  required  of  a  "smaller  reporting 
company";

•  we are exempted from the following additional compensation-related disclosure provisions that were imposed on U.S. public 
companies pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act: (i) the advisory vote on executive compensation required by Section 14A(a) 
of the Exchange Act, (ii) the requirements of Section 14A(b) of the Exchange Act relating to stockholder advisory votes on 
"golden parachute" compensation, (iii) the requirements of Section 14(i) of the Exchange Act as to disclosure relating to 
the relationship between executive compensation and our financial performance, and (iv) the requirement of Section 953
(b)(1)  of  the  Dodd-Frank Act,  which  will  require  disclosure  as  to  the  relationship  between  the  compensation  of the 
Company's chief executive officer and median employee pay.

As long as we are an EGC, the JOBS Act has the effect of reducing the amount of information that we are required to 

provide.

25

Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as all of the other information contained in this report, 
including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before deciding to invest in our common stock.  The 
occurrence of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, operating 
results and cash flow. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your 
investment. 

This report contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See "Cautionary Note Regarding 
Forward-Looking Statements." Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-
looking statements, including any such statements made in Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations."

Risk Factors Relating to Our Business Generally 

We began writing mortgage insurance policies in April 2013, and prior to that, we did not engage in any substantive 
insurance operations.  Therefore, we do not have a long operating history on which investors may rely for purposes of projecting 
our future operating results.

Prior to writing our first mortgage insurance policies in April 2013, we did not engage in any substantive operations and, 
therefore, do not have a long operating history on which investors may rely for purposes of projecting future operating results.  Having 
a short insurance operating history, we are subject to substantial business and financial risks and could suffer significant losses, all 
of which are difficult to predict.  We continue to develop business relationships, enhance our technology platform, gain customers, 
establish operating procedures, continue to hire staff and complete other tasks appropriate for the conduct of our intended business 
activities.  Our long-term success will also be dependent upon our ability to continue to execute the operating procedures we have 
established and to continue to develop the internal controls to effectively support our business and our regulatory and reporting 
requirements.  Further, industry conditions may change in a manner that adversely affects the development or profitability of our 
business, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to develop our business in a timely manner, if at all.

We have reported net losses since our inception, expect to continue to report annual net losses in the near term, and 

cannot assure you when we will achieve profitability.

We have reported net losses since our inception.  For the year ended December 31, 2014, we reported a net loss of $48.9 
million and for the year ended December 31, 2013, we reported a net loss of $55.2 million.  We currently expect to continue to report 
annual net losses in the near term, the size of which will depend primarily on the amount of insurance business we can transact and 
the returns generated from our investment portfolio.  We expect that cash and investments and projected cash flows from operations 
will provide us with sufficient liquidity to fund our anticipated growth by providing capital to increase our insurance company surplus 
as well as for payment of operating expenses through 2015, at which point we currently expect to consider various capital options.  
Any such capital options may be in the form of debt, preferred equity, or common equity and may be senior to our common stock 
and may result in dilution to you.  No assurance as to the ultimate availability, costs or other terms of any such additional capital can 
be given at this time.  We cannot assure you when, or if, we will achieve profitability.  Conditions that could delay our profitability 
primarily include our ability to attract and retain a diverse customer base, to achieve a diversified mix of business, across the spectrum 
of our product offerings, maintain GSE eligibility and our certificates of authority from state insurance departments, and to a lesser 
extent, include increasing unemployment rates, decreasing housing values, unfavorable GSE reform and rapid increase in interest 
rates.

If we are unable to timely attract and retain the most significant mortgage originators as customers, our ability to achieve 

our business goals could be negatively impacted. 

The success of our mortgage insurance business is highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain as customers the 
most significant mortgage originators in the U.S., as determined by volume of their own originations as well as volume of insured 
business they may acquire from other originators through their correspondent channels.  We believe these mortgage originators 
are critical to the achievement of our business goals because of their dominant market share.  As a result of their size and market 
share, these entities originate a significant majority of low down payment mortgages in the U.S. and, therefore, influence the size 
of the MI market.  We are currently doing business with a majority of these originators.  However, there is no assurance we will 
receive approvals from each of the remaining lenders to do MI business in a timely manner or at all.  If we fail to obtain and retain 
one or more approvals, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely impacted.  Even if these lenders 
become our customers, we cannot be certain that any loss of business from one would be replaced from other new or existing 
lenders.  Such lending customers may decide to write business only with certain mortgage insurers based on their views with 
respect to an insurer's pricing, underwriting guidelines, loss mitigation practices, financial strength or other factors.  Our customers 

26

may choose to diversify the mortgage insurers with which they do business, which could negatively affect our level of new insurance 
written and our market share.  In addition, our master policy does not, and by law cannot, require our customers to do business 
with us.  The loss of business from a significant customer could have an adverse effect on the amount of new business we are able 
to write, and consequently, our financial condition and operating results.

As a participant in the mortgage lending and MI industry, we rely on e-commerce and other technologies to conduct 
business with our customers.  Our inability to meet the technological demands of customers could adversely impact our business, 
financial condition and operating results.

As a participant in the mortgage lending and MI industries, we rely on e-commerce and other technologies to provide and 
expand our products and services.  Customers require us to provide and service our mortgage insurance products in a secure manner, 
either electronically via our internet website or through direct electronic data transmissions.  Accordingly, we invest resources in 
establishing  and  maintaining  electronic  connectivity  with  customers  and,  more  generally,  in  e-commerce  and  technological 
advancements.  In order to integrate electronically with mortgage lenders, we need to continue to connect our system to the industry's 
leading third-party loan origination systems.  We expect this integration process to continue into the foreseeable future and may 
take a significant amount of time before it is complete.  We are also working to integrate directly with those lenders that maintain 
their own, proprietary loan origination and servicing system technologies, recognizing that the time-lines for these integrations are 
heavily  dependent  upon  the  lenders'  internal  technology  resources.    Our  inability  to  continue  to  make  progress  with  these  e-
commerce connections could negatively impact our ability to attract as customers the larger mortgage lenders who rely on these 
connections to do business. Many customers require us to have such connectivity in place as a precursor to doing business with 
them.  Our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely impacted if we do not successfully establish these 
arrangements or otherwise keep pace with the technological demands of customers.

If we, together with third parties with whom we have contracted, are unable to develop, enhance and maintain our 
technology  platform  with  respect  to  the  products  and  services  we  offer,  our  business  and  financial  performance  could  be 
significantly harmed.

As discussed above in this report, we have developed an enterprise technology platform designed to support our mortgage 
insurance operations.  If our technology platform fails to perform in the manner we expect, our business, financial condition and 
operating results will be significantly harmed.  Further, our business would be negatively impacted if we are unable to timely and 
effectively enhance our platform when necessary to support our primary business functions.  There is no assurance that we will 
not experience difficulties with the operation of our technology platform.  The success of our business will be dependent on our 
ability to resolve any issues identified with our technology platform during operations and to make timely improvements.  Further, 
we will need to match or exceed the technological capabilities of our competitors over time.  We cannot predict with certainty the 
cost of such maintenance and improvements, but failure to make such improvements and any significant shortfall in any technology 
enhancements or negative variance in the time-line in which system enhancements are delivered could have an adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and operating results.

In addition, we have contracted with a number of third parties in connection with the development and operation of the 
platform, and we rely on these third parties to competently perform their obligations in a timely manner.  Any failure to maintain 
acceptable arrangements with these third parties, or the failure of any of these third parties to perform and/or deliver in an acceptable 
and timely manner, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our master policy contains restrictions on our ability to rescind coverage for fraud and underwriting defects, and if 
we were to fail to timely discover any such fraud or underwriting defects, our rights of rescission would be significantly limited, 
and we could suffer increased losses as a result of paying claims on loans with unacceptable risk profiles.

Under our master policy, we agree that we will not rescind or cancel coverage of an insured loan for material borrower 
misrepresentation or underwriting defects after a borrower timely makes the first 12 monthly payments, subject to our confirmation 
of coverage eligibility, as discussed above in Part I, Item 1,  "Business - Underwriting."  In addition, upon the borrower attaining 12 
full and timely consecutive monthly payments, we have agreed to limitations on our ability to initiate an investigation of First Party 
fraud.  The current processes we have in place to review every loan we insure may be ineffective in detecting fraud and/or underwriting 
defects prior to a borrower making the 12th payment.  If this were to occur, we would be contractually prohibited from exercising 
our rights of rescission for borrower fraud and certain First Party misrepresentations; our rights to investigate potential First Party 
fraud or misrepresentation would be significantly curtailed; and we may be obligated to pay claims on certain loans with unacceptable 
risk profiles or which failed to meet our underwriting guidelines at the time of origination.  As a result, we could suffer unexpected 
losses, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. 

27

 
We are outsourcing the underwriting of our mortgage insurance on certain loans to USPs.  If these USPs fail to adequately 
perform their underwriting services or place our coverage on loans we would deem ineligible, we could experience increased 
losses on loans underwritten by them and our customer relationships could be negatively impacted. 

If our USPs fail to adequately perform their underwriting services, such as mishandling of customer inquiries or an inability 
to  underwrite  a  sufficient  volume  of  applications  per  day,  we  may  lose  opportunities  to  place  mortgage  insurance  coverage  on 
particular loans, our reputation may suffer and customers may choose not to do business with us at all.  In addition, if our USPs place 
our coverage on loans that are ineligible for coverage under our underwriting guidelines, our risk of loss will be increased on those 
loans or the premiums we charge will be inadequate given the risk presented.  We do not have the right under our master policy to 
cancel coverage of an ineligible loan as a result of a USP making an incorrect decision.  Further, other than being able to terminate 
our contracts with these USPs, we do not have explicit monetary contractual remedies against these USPs if we are obligated to pay 
claims  on  ineligible  loans  that  they  improperly  agreed  to  insure  on  our  behalf.    If  these  USPs  fail  to  adequately  perform  their 
underwriting services or consistently place coverage on ineligible loans, we could experience increased losses on loans underwritten 
by them and our customer relationships could be negatively impacted, which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial 
condition and operating results.

We perform a post-close underwriting review of every loan that has been insured through our delegated channel within 
the first months of coverage, which increases our costs of doing business compared to our competitors and could negatively 
impact our ability to compete. 

Our delegated underwriting program permits lenders who are approved by us to bind coverage on our behalf, so long as the 
insurance decision is consistent with applicable eligibility and underwriting criteria.  Compared to the prevailing delegated programs 
of our competitors, our customers may perceive our delegated program as costlier and less efficient for them.  The terms of coverage 
that apply to loans insured under our delegated program require the lenders to submit complete loan origination files to us within 60 
days of the coverage effective dates.  To comply with the loan file delivery requirement, our customers' processes would likely need 
to be modified, which will require the expenditure of greater resources on their part.  In addition, we intend to conduct a post-close 
underwriting review (with the assistance of third-party service providers) of every loan insured under our delegated program to 
determine whether such loans meet applicable eligibility and underwriting criteria.  This process could increase our costs of doing 
business compared to our competitors.  For these reasons, the structure of our delegated program could negatively impact our ability 
to compete, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

There can be no assurance that the GSEs will continue to treat us as a qualified mortgage insurer in the future, and our 
failure to comply with the GSEs' proposed PMIERs could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating 
results.

In January 2013, the GSEs approved NMIC as a qualified mortgage insurer, and with their approvals, imposed certain 
capitalization, operational and reporting conditions on NMIC (collectively the "GSE Approval").  See Part I, Item 1, "Business - 
Regulation - U.S. Mortgage Insurance Regulation - GSE Oversight - GSE Approval Conditions."  Most of the conditions in the GSE 
Approval remain in effect for a three-year period from the date of the GSE Approval, while others do not expressly expire.  As a 
GSE qualified mortgage insurer, NMIC is subject to ongoing compliance with the conditions in the GSE Approval as well as with 
the GSEs' respective existing Eligibility Requirements.  As discussed below, in 2014, the FHFA released for public input the proposed 
PMIERs, that when adopted will replace the Eligibility Requirements.

The significant majority of insurance we write is on loans sold to the GSEs.  As a result, our compliance with the GSE 
Approval, the Eligibility Requirements and eventually the PMIERs is necessary to continue to successfully operate as a private 
mortgage insurer in the current market in the U.S.  Even though we are currently GSE-approved, there can be no assurance that the 
GSEs will continue to treat us as a qualified mortgage insurer in the future.  In addition, the GSEs may modify or change their 
interpretation of terms they require us to include in our mortgage insurance policies for loans purchased by them, requiring us to 
modify our terms of coverage or operational procedures in order to remain a GSE-qualified mortgage insurer, and such changes 
could have a material adverse impact on our financial position and operating results.  Although not as likely, the GSEs could, in their 
own discretion, require additional limitations and/or conditions on certain of our activities and practices that are not currently in the 
GSE Approval, Eligibility Requirements or PMIERs in order for us to remain qualified.  Such additional requirements or conditions 
could limit our operating flexibility and the areas in which we may write new business.  If, in the future, either or both of the GSEs 
were to cease to consider us a qualified mortgage insurer and cease accepting our MI products, our financial condition and results 
of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

As a condition of the GSE Approval, we have agreed to limit NMIC's risk-to-capital ratio to no greater than 15 to 1 for the 
first three years of operations (expiring December 31, 2015) and at all times to maintain total statutory capital of at least $150 million.  
After  that  date,  we  agreed  to  comply  with  any  financial  requirements  that  are  imposed  in  the  GSEs'  then  existing  Eligibility 

28

 
Requirements.   As announced by FHFA, the PMIERs are expected to take effect 180 days following the publication date of the final 
PMIERs (the "Effective Date").  Prior to the Effective Date, each private mortgage insurer will be required to either (i) certify to the 
GSEs that it fully complies with the PMIER financial requirements as of the Effective Date or (ii) obtain GSE approvals on a transition 
plan detailing how it will comply with the financial requirements not later than 2 years following the publication date (the "Compliance 
Date").  We believe that each GSE will publish its own set of PMIERs and that final publication will likely occur during the first 
half of 2015, making the Effective Date sometime in the second half of 2015.  As of the Effective Date, each MI, including NMIC, 
will have to comply with the financial requirements or have a GSE-approved transition plan in place.

If the draft PMIERs had taken effect as of December 31, 2014, NMIH would have needed to contribute substantially all of 
its capital to NMIC to be in compliance.  Even if NMIH had contributed substantially all of its capital to NMIC, it is likely that 
NMIC's available assets, as defined in the draft PMIERs, would fall below the $400 million required under the draft PMIER financial 
requirements on the Effective Date.  Therefore, assuming the PMIERs are finalized and published as anticipated, we expect that 
NMIC will submit a transition plan to the GSEs within 90 days of the Effective Date detailing how NMIC will fully comply with 
the PMIERs on the Compliance Date, or prior to the Effective Date, NMIC will have undertaken measures to fully comply with the 
PMIERs as of the Effective Date.  Any transition plan will likely include raising additional capital prior to the Compliance Date, 
which is consistent with the Company's previous guidance regarding the timing of future capital raises to fund growth in the business, 
which we expect to occur after 2015.

If we are required to present a transition plan to the GSEs to meet their requirements, there is no certainty that the GSEs 
will agree to any proposed plan we submit to them.  Even with a GSE approved transition plan, there is no assurance NMIC will be 
able to comply with the PMIER financial requirements in their current proposed form by the Compliance Date.  In addition, if our 
business grows faster (i.e., our risk-in-force grows faster than expected) or is less profitable than expected (i.e., our revenues do not 
generate the return we expect), we may need to accelerate the timing of any future capital raise or any alternative arrangements to 
reduce our RIF, including through reinsurance, in order to meet the financial requirements on the Compliance Date.  Our efforts to 
raise capital or reduce our RIF may not be successful.  If we are unable to raise additional capital or enter into alternative arrangements 
to reduce our RIF, we may not be able to successfully comply with the financial requirements by the Compliance Date.  If this were 
to occur, we may lose our GSE eligibility, which would substantially impair our business and adversely impact our financial position 
and operating results.

We expect the GSEs will modify the final PMIERs in response to comments it received during the public comment period; 
however, there is no assurance the FHFA or the GSEs will make any changes to the draft PMIERs in response to our feedback, nor 
can we provide assurance that the modifications would provide more favorable financial requirements than those proposed in the 
current draft.  In addition, the GSEs could respond to comments and feedback from our competitors that result in PMIER financial 
requirements that are more favorable to legacy MI companies than to newer entrants such as NMIC, which could harm us competitively.   
In addition, there is no assurance the GSEs would not make the PMIER financial requirements more onerous in the future.  Given 
the uncertainty about the content and implementation of the final PMIERs, it is difficult to predict what the long-term impact on 
NMIC will be at this point.  If, under any formulation of the PMIERs, we are required to increase the amount of available assets in 
order to support our business writings, the amount of capital our insurance subsidiaries are required to hold may increase, which 
may have a negative effect on our returns.  Any such effect could have a negative impact on our flexibility to meet our business plans 
and our future operating results.

NMIC is required to maintain minimum capital under its agreements with certain states, and if NMIC falls below these 
capital requirements or exceeds certain risk-to-capital ("RTC") ratios, we could be required to cease writing business in these 
states, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

As  discussed  above  in  Part  I,  Item  1,  "Business  -  Regulation  -  U.S.  Mortgage  Insurance  Regulation  -  State  Mortgage 
Insurance Regulation - Certificates of Authority," in connection with NMIC's applications for licensure in multiple states, including 
Wisconsin, we agreed to maintain NMIC's RTC ratio below certain thresholds that are lower than these states' statutory maximum 
RTC requirements.  If our business grows faster (i.e. our risk-in-force grows faster than expected) or is less profitable than expected 
(i.e. our revenues do not generate the return we expect), our actual RTC ratios over the short to mid-term could exceed our expected 
RTC ratios and could begin to approach the limits to which we are subject, which could require us to raise additional capital or enter 
into alternative arrangements to reduce our RIF, including through reinsurance.  We can give no assurance that our efforts to raise 
capital or reduce our RIF would be successful.  If we are unable to raise additional capital or enter into alternative arrangements to 
reduce our RIF, we may exceed these state-imposed capital requirements.  If this were to occur, we may be required to cease transacting 
new business in these states, which would substantially impair our business and adversely impact our financial position and operating 
results.

29

Our insurance subsidiary is subject to state insurance department capital adequacy requirements, which if breached, 

could result in NMIC being required to cease writing new business in such states. 

NMIC's principal regulator is the Wisconsin OCI.  Under applicable Wisconsin law, as well as that of 15 other states, a 
mortgage insurer must maintain a minimum amount of statutory capital relative to the risk-in-force in order for the mortgage insurer 
to continue to write new business.  While formulations of minimum capital may vary in each jurisdiction that has such a requirement, 
the most common measure applied allows for a maximum permitted RTC ratio of 25 to 1.  Wisconsin and certain other states, including 
California and Illinois, apply a substantially similar requirement referred to as minimum policyholders' position.  Accordingly, if we 
fail to meet the capital adequacy requirements in one or more states, we could be required to suspend writing business in some or 
all of the states in which we do business.

We face intense competition for business in our industry from existing MI providers and potentially from new entrants.  

If we are unable to compete effectively, we may not be able to gain market share and our business may be adversely affected.

The MI industry is highly competitive.  With seven private MI companies actively competing for business from the same 
residential  mortgage  originators,  it  is  important  that  we  continue  to  differentiate  ourselves  from  the  other  companies  who  sell 
substantially similar products as ours.  We compete with other private mortgage insurers based on our financial strength, underwriting 
guidelines,  information  security,  product  features,  pricing,  operating  efficiencies,  customer  relationships,  name  recognition, 
reputation,  the  strength  of  management  teams  and  field  organizations,  comprehensiveness  of  databases  covering  insured  loans, 
effective use of technology and innovation in the delivery and servicing of insurance products and ability to execute.  However, the 
existing MI companies, many of which have larger operations than us and/or are part of larger diversified companies, have established 
relationships and infrastructure, personnel and other resources than we are anticipated to have during our initial years of operation.  
One or more of our competitors may seek to capture increased market share from government-supported insurance programs, such 
as the FHA, or from other MI companies by reducing pricing, loosening their underwriting guidelines or relaxing risk management 
policies, which could, in turn, improve their competitive positions in the industry and negatively impact our ability to increase our 
market share.  Competition within the MI industry could result in our loss of customers, lower premiums, riskier credit guidelines 
and other changes that could lower our revenues or increase our expenses.  If our information technology systems are inferior to our 
competitors', existing and potential customers may choose our competitors' products over ours.  If we are unable to compete effectively 
against our competitors and attract our target customers, our revenue may be adversely impacted and we may not be able to gain 
market share, which could adversely impact our growth and profitability.

Our underwriting and risk management policies and practices may not anticipate all risks and/or the magnitude of 

potential for loss as the result of unforeseen risks.

We have established underwriting and risk management policies and practices that seek to mitigate our exposure to borrower 
default risk in our insured loan portfolio by anticipating future risks and the magnitude of those risks.  Our underwriting and risk 
management guidelines are based on what we believe to be the major factors that impact mortgage credit risk.  We identify these 
factors above in Part I, Item 1, "Business - Underwriting."  In addition, there are certain types of loan characteristics relating to the 
individual loan or borrower that affect the risk potential for a loan.  The presence of multiple higher-risk characteristics in a loan 
materially increases the likelihood of a claim on such a loan unless there are other characteristics to mitigate the risk.  See, Part I, 
Item 1, "Business - Underwriting."

The frequency and severity of claims we incur will be uncertain and will depend largely on general economic conditions, 
including rates of unemployment and home prices.  Given the uncertainties caused by the slow pace of economic recovery and recent 
instability in the housing and mortgage markets and, to the extent that a risk is unforeseen or is underestimated in terms of magnitude 
of loss, our underwriting and risk management policies and practices may not completely insulate us from the effects of those risks.  
If these policies and practices do not correctly anticipate risk or the potential for loss, we may underwrite business for which we 
have not charged premium commensurate with the risk or we may establish our reserves at a rate that does not accurately approximate 
our actual ultimate loss payments.  Either one of these could result in severe adverse material results.

Our insurance in force may be concentrated in specific geographic regions and could make our business highly susceptible 

to downturns in local economies, which could be detrimental to our financial condition.

We will seek to diversify our insured loan portfolio geographically; however, the availability of business might lead to 
concentrations in specific regions in the U.S., which could make our business highly susceptible to economic downturns in these 
regions.  As discussed below in Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations - New Insurance Written, Insurance in Force and Risk in Force," as of December 31, 2014, our IIF and RIF is more 
heavily concentrated in California, primarily as a result of the acquisition of new customers.  With these new customers, we have 
placed our MI on a higher proportion of mortgage loans originated in California.  A deterioration in local or national economic 
conditions in the mortgage market and other economic conditions, including home prices, levels of unemployment and interest rates 
30

or an increase in default rates in specific geographic areas or generally could have a material adverse effect on our operating results 
and financial position.

Actual premiums and investment earnings may not be sufficient to cover claim payments and our operating costs.

We set premiums at the time a policy is issued based on our expectations regarding likely performance over the term of the 
policy. Our premiums are subject to approval by state insurance regulators, which can delay or limit our ability to increase our 
premiums.  Generally, we will not be able to cancel the MI coverage or adjust renewal premiums during the life of an MI policy.  As 
a result, higher than anticipated claims generally will not be able to be offset by premium increases on policies in force or mitigated 
by our non-renewal or cancellation of insurance coverage.  While we believe our initial capital, premiums and investment earnings 
will provide a pool of resources sufficient to cover expected loss payments and have made estimates regarding loss payments and 
potential claims, the ultimate number and magnitude of claims we experience cannot be predicted with certainty and the actual 
premiums and investment earnings may not be sufficient to cover losses and/or our operating costs.  An increase in the number or 
size of claims, compared to what we anticipate, could adversely affect our operating results or financial condition.  We may not be 
able to achieve the results that we expect, and there can be no assurance that losses will not exceed our total resources.

Adverse investment performance may affect our financial results and ability to conduct business.

Our investment portfolio consists primarily of highly-rated debt obligations. Our investments are subject to market-wide 
risks and fluctuations, as well as to risks inherent in particular securities. Changing and unprecedented market conditions could 
materially impact the future valuation of securities in our investment portfolio, which may cause us to impair, in the future, some 
portion of those securities.  Volatility or illiquidity in the markets in which we hold positions may cause certain other-than-temporary 
impairments ("OTTI") within our portfolio, which could have a significant adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and 
operating results. 

Income from our investment portfolio is one of our primary sources of cash flow to support our operations and claim 
payments.  If we improperly structure our investments to meet those future liabilities or have unexpected losses, including losses 
resulting from the forced liquidation of investments before their maturity, we may be unable to meet those obligations.  NMIC's 
investments and investment policies are subject to state insurance laws, which results in our portfolio being predominantly limited 
to highly rated fixed income securities.  Interest rates on our fixed income securities are near historical lows.  If interest rates rise 
above the rates on our fixed income securities, the market value of our investment portfolio would decrease.  Any significant decrease 
in the value of our investment portfolio would adversely impact our financial condition.

In addition, compared to historical averages, interest rates and investment yields on highly rated investments have generally 
declined, which has the effect of limiting the investment income we can generate.  We depend on our investments as a source of 
revenue, and a prolonged period of low investment yields would have an adverse impact on our revenues and could potentially 
adversely affect our operating results.

We may be forced to change our investments or investment policies depending upon regulatory, economic and market 
conditions, and our existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including the tax position, of our business.  
Our investment objectives may not be achieved. Although our portfolio consists mostly of highly-rated investments and complies 
with applicable regulatory requirements, the success of our investment activity is affected by general economic conditions, which 
may  adversely  affect  the  markets  for  credit  and  interest-rate-sensitive  securities,  including  the  extent  and  timing  of  investor 
participation in these markets, the level and volatility of interest rates and, consequently, the value of fixed income securities. 

We  establish  loss  reserves  when  we  are  notified  that  a  loan  we  insure  is  in  default  for  at  least  60  days,  based  on 
management's estimate of claim rates and claim sizes, which are subject to uncertainties and are based on assumptions about 
certain estimation parameters that may be volatile.  As a result, our actual ultimate claim payments may materially exceed the 
amount of our loss reserves.  

We are a relatively new company that commenced transacting mortgage insurance in April 2013.  We do not anticipate a 
material level of losses (relative to written premiums or stockholders' equity) in the first few years of our operations.  Our practice, 
consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") for the MI industry, is to establish loss reserves only for 
loans that servicers have reported to us as being at least 60 days in default.  We also establish reserves for estimated losses incurred 
on loans that have been in default for at least 60 days that have not yet been reported to us by the servicers (this is often referred to 
as incurred but not reported or "IBNR").

The  establishment  of  loss  and  IBNR  reserves  is  subject  to  inherent  uncertainty  and  requires  significant  judgment  by 
management.  We establish loss reserves using our best estimates of claim rates, i.e., the percent of loan defaults that ultimately result 
in claim payments, and claim amounts, i.e., the dollar amounts required to settle claims, to estimate the ultimate losses on loans 

31

reported to us as being at least 60 days in default as of the end of each reporting period.  We estimate IBNR by analyzing historical 
lags in default reporting to determine a specific number of IBNR claims in each reporting period.  Our estimates of claim rates and 
claim sizes are strongly influenced by prevailing economic conditions, for example current rates or trends in unemployment, housing 
price appreciation and/or interest rates, and our best judgments as to the future values or trends of these macroeconomic factors.  
Many of these factors are outside of our control and difficult to predict.  Further, our expectations regarding future claims may change 
significantly over time.  If prevailing economic conditions deteriorate suddenly and/or unexpectedly, our estimates of loss reserves 
could be materially understated, which may adversely impact our financial condition and operating results.  Due to the inherent 
uncertainty and significant judgment involved in the numerous assumptions required in order to estimate our losses, our loss estimates 
may vary widely.  Because loss and IBNR reserves are based on such estimates and judgments, there can be no assurance that even 
in a stable economic environment, actual claims paid by us will not be substantially different than our loss and IBNR reserves for 
such claims.  Our business, operating results and financial condition will be adversely impacted if, and to the extent, our actual losses 
are greater than our loss and IBNR reserves.

We may be required to establish a premium deficiency reserve if the net present value of our premiums and reserves is 

less than the net present value of our loss payments and expenses

In addition to establishing loss reserves for loans in default, under GAAP, we are required to establish a premium deficiency 
reserve for our mortgage insurance products if the amount by which the net present value of expected future losses for a particular 
product and the expenses for such product exceeds the net present value of expected future premiums and existing reserves for such 
product.  We evaluate whether a premium deficiency exists at the end of each fiscal quarter.  Our evaluation of premium deficiency 
is based on our best estimates of future losses, expenses and premiums.  This evaluation depends upon many significant assumptions, 
including  assumptions  regarding  future  macroeconomic  conditions,  and  therefore,  is  inherently  uncertain  and  may  prove  to  be 
inaccurate.  There can be no assurance that premium deficiency reserves will not be required in future periods.  In addition, even if 
we were required to establish a premium deficiency reserve, there can be no assurance that it will be adequate.  If one of these were 
to occur, our business, financial condition and operating results would be adversely impacted.

As a condition of obtaining approval from Freddie Mac to be a qualified mortgage insurer, we are required to obtain an 
insurance financial rating by July 31, 2015, and if we fail to obtain a rating by the deadline, we may lose our Freddie Mac approval 
status.  Further, our failure to obtain a rating may negatively impact our ability to attract and retain certain lenders as customers 
or to transact business in the private label (non-GSE) mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") market.

As a condition of our approval from Freddie Mac to be a qualified mortgage insurer, we are required to obtain a rating from 
a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization by July 31, 2015.  While we have commenced the process of obtaining such 
a rating, we are still in the exploratory phase and have not yet engaged any particular rating agency to obtain a rating.  If we fail to 
obtain a rating by July 31, 2015, we may lose our Freddie Mac approval status, which would adversely affect our business, financial 
condition and operating results.  

We believe many lenders who hold mortgages in portfolio and choose to obtain MI on the loans may assess a mortgage 
insurer's financial strength rating as a factor in their choice of an MI provider.  As a result, failure to obtain a rating may impact our 
ability to attract and/or retain certain lenders as customers.  In addition, if MI is again utilized as a form of credit enhancement in 
connection  with  the  issuance  of  private-label  MBS,  our  failure  to  obtain  a  rating  or  inability  to  obtain  a  rating  better  than  our 
competitors could harm our prospects of transacting business in the private label MBS market.

If we are unsuccessful in our efforts to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, or to retain those personnel we have 

already recruited, our business may be adversely affected.

We believe that our growth and future success depends in large part on the services and skills of our management team and 
our ability to motivate and retain these individuals and other key personnel, which includes members of our Finance, Sales, Legal, 
Risk, Insurance Operations and IT departments.  We intend to pay competitive salaries, bonuses and equity-based rewards in order 
to attract and retain such personnel, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in such endeavors.  The loss of key 
personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition or operating results.

The mix of business we write affects our revenue stream and the likelihood of losses occurring.

Even when housing values are stable or rising, mortgages with certain characteristics have higher probabilities of claims. 
These characteristics include loans with LTV ratios over 95% (or in certain markets that have experienced declining housing values, 
over 90%), lower credit scores, with lower scores tending to have higher probabilities of claims, or higher total debt-to-income ratios.  
Loans with combinations of these risk factors have a higher degree of layered risk.  In general, we charge higher premiums for loans 
with higher risk characteristics.  There is, however, no guarantee that our premiums will compensate us for the losses we incur on 

32

 
 
loans with higher risk characteristics.  From time to time, in response to market conditions, we may change the types of loans that 
we insure and the guidelines under which we insure them, and in doing so, the concentration of insured loans with higher risk 
characteristics in our portfolio may increase.  In addition, we may make exceptions to our underwriting guidelines on a loan-by-loan 
basis and for certain customer programs.  Even though underwriting that falls outside of our guidelines would be on a case-by-case 
basis, we could incur greater than expected claims and claim payments on this business, which could negatively impact our revenues 
and operating results.

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth. 

Our future operating results depend to a large extent on our ability to successfully manage our growth. Our growth has 
placed, and it may continue to place, significant demands on our operations and management.  Our current plan is dependent upon 
our ability to: 

• 

• 

• 

continue to implement and improve our operational, credit, financial, management and other internal risk controls and 
processes and our reporting systems and procedures in order to manage a growing number of client relationships; 

scale our technology platform; and

attract and retain management talent.

We  may  not  successfully  implement  improvements  to,  or  integrate,  our  management  information  and  control  systems, 
procedures and processes in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls.  In particular, 
our controls and procedures must be able to accommodate an increase in loan volume in various markets and the infrastructure that 
comes with new customers.  If we are unable to manage future expansion in our operations, we may experience compliance and 
operational problems, be required to slow the pace of growth, or have to incur additional expenditures beyond current projections 
to support such growth, any one of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. 

We  rely  on  our  systems,  employees  and  third  party  service  providers,  and  any  errors  or  fraud  could  materially  and 

adversely affect us. 

We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by employees and outsiders, including third-
party service providers, clerical record-keeping errors and transactional errors.  Our business is dependent on our employees as well 
as third parties to process a large number of transactions.  We could be materially and adversely affected if one of our employees 
causes a significant operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages 
or fraudulently manipulates our operations or systems.  Third parties with which we do business also could be sources of operational 
risk to us, including breakdowns or failures of such parties' own systems or employees.  Any of these occurrences could result in our 
diminished ability to operate our business, potential liability to customers, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, which 
could result in a material adverse effect on our financial position and operating results.

We are dependent on our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party servicer providers, 
and termination of third-party contracts, systems failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could have a material adverse 
effect on us.

Our  business  is  highly  dependent  on  the  successful  and  uninterrupted  functioning  of  our  information  technology  and 
telecommunications systems and on adequate performance of our third-party service providers.  We outsource many of our major 
information technology functions, including for the development and operation of our enterprise technology platform, data center 
hosting and management, email and collaboration and human resource systems.  We also outsource certain of our underwriting 
functions to third party service providers.  The failure of any of these third parties to perform and/or deliver on a timely basis, or the 
failure of these systems, either individually or collectively, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement 
on which any of our systems is based, could interrupt our operations.  Because our information technology and telecommunications 
systems interface with and depend on third parties, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity 
or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions.  If significant, sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial 
could compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, and/or subject us 
to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and operating results.

33

A failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties with which we 
do business, including as a result of cyber attacks, could disrupt our business, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential 
or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and cause losses. 

Our  business  is  highly  dependent  upon  the  effective  operation  of  our  information  technology  systems,  which  process, 
transmit, store and protect large amounts of personal information of the borrowers whose mortgages we insure, in addition to the 
confidential, proprietary, financial and other information that are critical to our business.  Furthermore, a significant portion of the 
communications between our employees and our customers and service providers depends on information technology and electronic 
information exchange.  The security of our computer systems and networks, and those functions that we may outsource, are vulnerable 
to unauthorized access, interruptions or failures due to events that may be beyond our control, including, but not limited to, cyber 
attacks, natural disasters, theft, terrorist attacks, computer viruses, and general technology failures.  Additionally, our employees and 
vendors may use portable computers or mobile devices which can be stolen, lost or damaged.  We have adopted information security 
procedures and controls to safeguard our systems and the information that we process, transmit and store.  See, Part II., Item 7, 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Conditions and Trends Impacting Our 
Business - Cybersecurity."  Despite these efforts, we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures 
against all cyber threats, particularly because the techniques used change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because 
security attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources.  Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, 
customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our customers.  
Any compromise of the security of our information technology systems may result in loss of personally identifiable information, 
financial losses, loss of customers and the inability to transact business; would be costly and time-consuming to address and resolve 
an incident; could expose us to liability for damages, harm our reputation, subject us to regulatory scrutiny or expose us to civil 
litigation.  If any of these were to occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.  Further, 
the technology errors and omissions coverage we maintain (See, Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations - Conditions and Trends Impacting Our Business - Cybersecurity"), may be inadequate to cover 
any claims or costs associated with an incident that may occur in the future.

If servicers fail to adhere to appropriate servicing standards or experience disruptions to their businesses, our losses 

could unexpectedly increase.

We depend on reliable, consistent third-party servicing of the loans that we insure.  Among other things, our master policy 
requires our insureds and their servicers to timely submit premium and monthly insurance-in-force and default reports and utilize 
commercially reasonable efforts to limit and mitigate loss when a loan is in default.  If these servicers fail to adhere to such servicing 
standards and fail to limit and mitigate loss when appropriate, our losses may unexpectedly increase.  In addition, if one or more 
servicers were to experience adverse effects to its business, such servicers could experience delays in their reporting and premium 
payment requirements, which could result in our inability to correctly record new loans as they are underwritten, receive and process 
premium payments on insured loans and/or properly recognize and establish loss reserves on loans when a default exists or occurs 
but is not reported to us.  Significant failures by large servicers or disruptions in the servicing of mortgage loans we insure would 
adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

The occurrence of natural or man-made disasters or a pandemic could adversely affect our business, financial condition 

and operating results.

We could be exposed to various risks arising out of natural disasters, including earthquakes, hurricanes, floods and tornadoes 
and man-made disasters, including acts of terrorism, military actions and pandemics.  For example, a natural or man-made disaster 
or a pandemic could lead to unexpected changes in persistency rates as policyholders and contract holders who are affected by the 
disaster may be unable to meet their contractual obligations, such as payment of premiums on our insurance policies, interest payments 
due on our invested assets and mortgage payments on loans we insure.  The continued threat of terrorism may cause significant 
volatility in global financial markets, and a natural or man-made disaster or a pandemic could trigger an economic downturn in the 
areas directly or indirectly affected by the disaster.  These consequences could, among other things, result in a decline in business 
and increased claims from those areas, as well as an adverse effect on home prices in those areas, which could result in unexpected 
increased loss experience in our business.  Disasters or a pandemic also could disrupt public and private infrastructure, including 
communications and financial services, which could disrupt our normal business operations.  In addition, a disaster or a pandemic 
could adversely affect the value of the assets in our investment portfolio if it affects companies' ability to pay us principal or interest 
on their securities.

34

Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints, including adverse business performance, 

could affect our ability to satisfy our obligations and potentially require us to raise more capital.

NMIH serves as the holding company for our insurance subsidiaries, NMIC and Re One, and does not have any significant 
operations of its own.  NMIC is a mono-line insurance company restricted to writing residential MI business only, and Re One solely 
provides reinsurance to NMIC for purposes of compliance with statutory coverage limits.  As a result, one of our principal sources 
of funds will be income from dividends and other distributions from these subsidiaries, including permitted payments under our tax 
and expense-sharing arrangements.  Our dividend income is limited to upstream dividend payments from our subsidiaries, which 
dividends  are  restricted  by  agreements  with  the  GSEs  and  various  state  insurance  departments  and  by  Wisconsin  law.    Under 
agreements with the GSEs, we are not permitted to extract dividends from our subsidiaries until December 31, 2015.  In addition, 
NMIC has agreed with various state insurance regulators to restrict dividend payments until January 2016.  In general, dividends in 
excess  of  prescribed  limits are  deemed "extraordinary"  and  require  approval of  the Wisconsin  OCI.    Further,  it  is  possible  that 
Wisconsin will adopt revised statutory provisions or interpretations of existing statutory provisions that could be more restrictive 
than those currently in effect or will otherwise take actions that may further restrict the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay 
dividends or make distributions or returns of capital.  For a further discussion of state insurance regulatory dividend limitations, see 
above in Part I, Item 1, "Business - U.S. Mortgage Insurance Regulation - State Mortgage Insurance Regulation."  As a result of 
these dividend limitations, we will not receive dividend income from our subsidiaries for several years, if at all.  In addition, the 
expense-sharing arrangements between us and our subsidiaries, as amended, have been approved by the Wisconsin OCI, but such 
approval may be revoked at any time.  If this were to occur, payments to us could be curtailed or limited which would adversely 
impact our business and operating results.

In addition, we could be required to provide additional capital support for NMIC and Re One if additional capital is required 
pursuant to our agreements with state DOIs, insurance laws and regulations or by the GSEs.  If we were unable to meet our obligations, 
our insurance subsidiaries could lose GSE Approval and/or be required to cease writing business in one or more states, which would 
adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our  future  capital  requirements  depend  on  many  factors,  including  our  ability  to  successfully  write  new  business  and 
establish premium rates at levels sufficient to cover losses, expenses and allow us to achieve profitability, which may be delayed or 
never occur.  We cannot be sure that we will be able to raise equity or debt financing on terms favorable to us and our stockholders 
and in the amounts that we require, or at all.  If we cannot obtain adequate capital, our business, financial condition and operating 
results could be adversely affected.

Risk Factors Relating to the Mortgage Insurance Industry and Its Regulation

The implementation of the Basel III Capital Accord may affect the use of MI by and, our ability to conduct business 

with, certain banks.

As discussed above in Part I, Item 1, "Business - U.S. Mortgage Insurance Regulation - Other U.S. Regulation - Basel III," 
the U.S. adopted a new capital framework known as Basel III to amend the preexisting capital rules under Basel II, which have not 
yet been implemented for U.S. depository institutions or holding companies.  The phase in period for U.S. banks to implement the 
Basel III regulations is for a duration of five years, which started on January 2, 2014.  The regulations increase the amount of capital 
and the quality of the capital required to be held by banks.  The regulations continue the current treatment for the risk weighting of 
residential mortgage assets and the treatment of mortgage insurance as reducing the risk weighting on mortgages where the borrower 
has made a down payment of less than 10% of the value of the residential property.

In addition, the regulations increased the risk weighting for mortgage servicing assets held by banks and require the mortgage 
servicing assets above certain levels be deducted from the calculation of Tier I equity.  Since most low down payment mortgages 
originated today are either sold to the GSEs or insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA, we cannot predict what, if any, impact 
to the MI industry the Basel III regulations will have over time.  Since a significant percentage of the mortgages insured by the MI 
industry are serviced by banks or bank-owned mortgage companies, the changes in risk weighting for mortgage servicing assets and 
the deductions from Tier I equity capital for mortgage servicing assets above certain levels has caused and may continue to cause 
shifts in the amounts of mortgages serviced by banks and bank affiliates or subsidiaries relative to non-banking organizations.  It is 
difficult to predict the impact these shifts may have on the quality of the servicing of insured mortgages or the ultimate impact on 
the MI industry.

In December 2014, the Basel Committee issued a proposal for further revisions to Basel III's standardized approach for 
credit risk.  The proposal sets forth proposed adjustments to the risk weights for residential mortgage loans.  With this proposal, the 
Basel Committee is considering taking into account the borrower's ability to service a mortgage as a proxy for a debt service coverage 
ratio.  The proposal remains open for comment, and it is difficult to predict whether the Basel Committee will adopt the proposal, 

35

 
 
and if it does, whether U.S. federal banking regulators will adopt regulation to include elements of the proposal.  Even if these things 
happen, it is difficult to predict the impact, if any, on the MI industry.

Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act could negatively impact private mortgage insurers and the amount of insurance 
they can write, including if the definition of Qualified Residential Mortgage ("QRM") results in a reduction of the number of 
low down payment loans available to be insured.  

As discussed above in Part I, Item 1, "Business - U.S. Mortgage Insurance Regulation - Other U.S. Regulation - Qualified 
Residential Mortgage Regulations," the Dodd-Frank Act required certain federal regulators to promulgate regulations providing for 
minimum credit risk-retention requirements in securitizations of residential mortgage loans that do not meet the definition of "qualified 
residential mortgages" ("QRM").  Congress directed these regulators to define QRM no broader than the definition of QM, which 
is discussed above under Part I, Item 1, "Business - U.S. Mortgage Insurance Regulation - Other U.S. Regulation - Qualified Mortgage 
Regulations."  On October 24, 2014, the agencies issued the final QRM rule, with an effective date of February 23, 2015.  The QRM 
rule provides for the required risk retention of 5%, and as directed by Congress, excludes QM from the risk retention requirements.  
In addition, the rule excludes from the risk retention rule mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac as a 
sponsor, during the duration of the GSEs' conservatorships, or by any limited-life regulatory entity succeeding to either GSE.  To 
benefit from the exemption from risk retention, the GSEs in conservatorship and/or any limited life regulatory entity, as the sponsor, 
must fully guarantee the timely payment of principal and interest on all mortgage-backed securities issued.

We, and the industry, continue to evaluate the final QRM rule and whether it will have any impact on the MI industry.  The 
potential impact depends on, among other things, the mortgage finance market's reaction to the final rule on and after the rule's 
effective date, including whether the final rule will affect the size of the high-LTV mortgage market and the extent to which the 
GSEs' mortgage purchase and securitization activities become a smaller portion of the overall market and securitizations subject to 
the risk retention requirements and the QRM exemption become a larger part of the mortgage market. If the final QRM rule has the 
effect of materially reducing the size of the high-LTV mortgage market and therefore the population of loans eligible for MI, our 
business could be adversely affected.

Our  business  prospects  and  operating  results  could  be  adversely  impacted  if,  and  to  the  extent  that,  the  Consumer 

Financial Protection Bureau's ability to repay rules defining a qualified mortgage reduce the size of the origination market. 

As discussed above in Part I, Item 1, "Business - U.S. Mortgage Insurance Regulation - Other U.S. Regulation - Qualified 
Mortgage  Regulations,"  the  Dodd-Frank Act  authorized  the  CFPB  to  issue  regulations  requiring  a  loan  originator  to  determine 
whether, at the time a loan is originated, the consumer has a reasonable ability to repay the loan ("ATR"). The CFPB's final ATR rule 
went into effect on January 10, 2014.  A subset of mortgages within the ATR rule is known as "qualified mortgage" ("QM").  QMs 
under the rule benefit from a statutory presumption of compliance with the ATR rule, thus potentially mitigating the risk of the 
liability of the creditor and assignees of the loan under TILA.  We, along with other industry participants, have observed that the 
significant majority of covered loans made after the effective date of the CFPB's ATR rule have been QMs.  We expect that most 
lenders will continue to be reluctant to make loans that do not qualify as QMs (either under specific underwriting guidelines in the 
rule or government or GSE underwriting guidelines) because absent full compliance with the ATR rule, such loans will not be entitled 
to a safe-harbor presumption of compliance with the ability-to-pay requirements.  As a result, we believe ATR regulations have given 
rise to a subset of borrowers who cannot meet the regulatory QM standards, thus reducing the size of the residential mortgage market 
tied to such borrowers.  It is difficult to predict with any certainty whether changes resulting from the QM rule will have a negative 
impact on the MI industry over time.  Our business prospects and operating results could be adversely impacted if, and to the extent 
that, the QM regulations have the impact of reducing the size of the origination market.

In addition, there are certain aspects of the ATR regulations that could have an adverse impact on mortgage insurers.  Under 
the QM regulations, if the lender requires the borrower to purchase MI, then the MI premiums are included in monthly mortgage 
costs in determining the borrower's ability to repay the loan.  The demand for MI may decrease if, and to the extent that, monthly 
MI premiums make it less likely that a loan will qualify for QM status, especially if MI alternatives (discussed below in "—The 
amount of insurance we may be able to write could be adversely affected if lenders and investors select alternatives to MI.") are 
relatively less expensive than MI. 

In addition, under the QM regulations, mortgage insurance premiums that are payable at or prior to consummation of the 
loan are includible in points and fees unless, and to the extent that, such up-front premiums ("UFP") are (i) less than or equal to the 
UFP charged by the FHA, and (ii) are automatically refundable on a pro rata basis upon satisfaction of the loan.  (The FHA currently 
charges UFP of 1.75% on all residential mortgage loans, but it has the authority to change its UFP from time to time.)  The QM rule 
includes a limitation on points and fees of 3% of the total loan amount.  As inclusion of MI premiums towards the 3% cap will reduce 
the capacity for other points and fees in covered transactions, mortgage originators may be less likely to purchase single premium 
MI products to the extent that the associated premiums are deemed to be points and fees.  In general, LPMI premiums are not counted 

36

 
 
 
in the consideration of the borrower's monthly payment or in the 3% points and fees determination.  As a result, we believe there is 
greater demand for lender-paid single premium products, including lender-paid single premium products that may be discounted, 
compared to borrower-paid single premium products.  This increased demand may have an adverse impact on our business, financial 
condition and operating results to the extent that borrower-paid single premium products are more profitable than lender-paid single 
premium products.

Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, including a decision to decrease or discontinue the use of MI, federal 

legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring of the GSEs could reduce our revenues or increase our losses. 

As  discussed  above  in  Part  I,  Item  1,  "Business  -  Overview  of  the  Private  Mortgage  Insurance  Industry  -  GSEs,"  the 
requirements and practices of the GSEs impact the operating results and financial performance of MI companies.  Changes in the 
charters or business practices of Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae could reduce the number of mortgages they purchase that are insured 
by us and consequently diminish our franchise value.  The GSEs could be directed to make such changes by the FHFA, which was 
appointed as their conservator in September 2008 and has the authority to control and direct the operations of the GSEs.

With the GSEs in their 7th year of conservatorship, the U.S. Congress is more likely to address the role and purpose of the 
GSEs  in  the  U.S.  housing  market  and  potentially  legislate  structural  and  other  changes  to  the  GSEs  and  the  functioning  of  the 
secondary mortgage market.  Since 2011, there have been numerous legislative proposals intended to scale back or eliminate the 
GSEs, however, no legislation has been enacted to date. The proposals vary greatly with regard to the government's role in the housing 
market, and more specifically, with regard to the existence of an explicit or implicit government guarantee.  If any GSE reform 
legislation  is  enacted,  it  could  impact  the  current  role  of  mortgage  insurance  as  credit  enhancement,  including  its  reduction  or 
elimination, which would have an adverse effect on our revenue, operating results or financial condition.  As a result of these matters, 
it is uncertain what role private capital, including MI, will play in the domestic residential housing finance system in the future or 
the impact of any such changes on our business.  In addition, the timing of the impact on our business is uncertain.  Any changes to 
the charters or statutory authorities of the GSEs would require Congressional action to implement.   Passage of  any GSE reform 
legislation is uncertain and could change through the legislative process, which could take time, making the actual impact on us and 
our industry difficult to predict.

The U.S. MI industry is subject to regulatory risk and has been subject to increased scrutiny by insurance and other 

regulatory authorities.

The  U.S.  MI  industry  and  our  insurance  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  substantial  federal  and  state  regulation,  which  has 
increased in recent years as a result of the most recent financial crisis.  Increased federal or state regulatory scrutiny could lead to 
new legal precedents, new regulations or new practices, or regulatory actions or investigations, which could adversely affect our 
financial condition and operating results.  In addition, given the recent significant losses incurred by many insurers in the mortgage 
and financial guaranty industries, we and our industry may be subject to heightened scrutiny by insurance regulators.  State insurance 
regulatory authorities could take actions, including making changes to capital requirements, that could have a material adverse effect 
on us.  Further, failure to comply with the various federal and state regulations promulgated by federal consumer protection authorities 
and state insurance regulatory authorities could lead to enforcement or disciplinary action, including the imposition of penalties and 
the revocation of our authorization to operate. See, Part I, Item 1, "Business - U.S. Mortgage Insurance Regulation."

The NAIC has formed a working group to explore, among other things, whether the states should adopt more robust rules 
regulating mortgage insurers, including strengthened capital requirements.  We, along with other MI companies, are working with 
the Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Working Group of the Financial Condition (E) Committee of the NAIC (the "Working Group").  
The Working Group will determine and make a recommendation to the Financial Condition (E) Committee of the NAIC as to what 
changes, if any, the Working Group believes are necessary to the solvency regulation of MI companies, including changes to the 
Mortgage Guaranty Insurers Model Act (Model #630).  We have provided feedback to the Working Group since early 2013.  The 
Working Group's discussions are ongoing, and the ultimate outcome and any potential actions taken by the NAIC cannot be predicted 
at this time.  If the Working Group proposes that the NAIC adopt more stringent capital requirements, this could ultimately lead to 
NMIC being obligated to hold more capital for its insured business, which would reduce our profitability compared to the profitability 
we expect under the existing capital requirements.

A downturn in the U.S. economy or a decline in the value of borrowers' homes from their value at the time their loans 

close may result in more homeowners defaulting and could increase our losses. 

Losses  result from  events that  reduce a borrower's  ability to  continue to  make mortgage  payments, such  as  increasing 
unemployment and whether a defaulting borrower can sell the home for an amount that will cover unpaid principal and interest and 
the  expenses  of  the  sale.    Deterioration  in  economic  conditions  generally  increases  the  likelihood  that  borrowers  will  not  have 
sufficient income to pay their mortgages and can also adversely affect housing values, which in turn can decrease the willingness of 
borrowers with sufficient resources to make mortgage payments when their mortgage balances exceed the values of their homes.  
37

Housing values may decline even absent deterioration in economic conditions due to declines in demand for homes, which in turn 
may result from changes in buyers' perceptions of the potential for future appreciation, rising interest rates or restrictions on mortgage 
credit due to more stringent underwriting standards, among other factors.  If our loss projections are inaccurate, our loss payments 
could materially exceed our recorded loss reserves resulting in an adverse effect on our financial position and operating results.  Also, 
if unemployment rates materially exceed and home price trends materially differ from our forecasts, our underwriting standards and 
premium charges may prove inadequate to shield us from materially increased losses.

If interest rates decline, house prices appreciate or mortgage insurance cancellation requirements change, the length 

of time that our policies remain in force could decline and result in a decrease in our actual versus projected revenue.

In each year, most of our premiums will be from insurance that has been written in prior years. As a result, the length of 
time insurance remains in force, which is also generally referred to as persistency, is a significant determinant of our revenues. The 
factors affecting persistency include:

• 

the level of current mortgage interest rates compared to the mortgage rates on the insurance in force, which affects the 
vulnerability of the insurance in force to refinancings (i.e., lower current interest rates make it more attractive for 
borrowers to refinance and receive a lower interest rate); and

•  mortgage insurance cancellation policies of mortgage investors, along with the current value of the homes underlying 

the mortgages in the insurance in force.

Current mortgage interest rates are at or near historic lows. Future premiums on our insurance in force represent a material 
portion of our claims paying resources. We are unsure what the impact on our revenues will be as mortgages are refinanced, because 
the number of policies we write for replacement mortgages may be more or less than the terminated policies associated with the 
refinanced mortgages.  Our revenues might be negatively impacted if there is a higher than expected level of refinance activity in 
the future on loans that we insure.

The amount of insurance we may be able to write could be adversely affected if lenders and investors select alternatives 

to MI. 

If lenders and investors select alternatives to MI, our business could be adversely affected.  These alternatives to MI include, 

but are not limited to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

lenders using government mortgage insurance programs, including those of the FHA and the VA;

state-supported mortgage insurance funds in several states, including California and New York;

lenders and other investors holding mortgages in portfolio and self-insuring;

investors using credit enhancements other than MI, using other credit enhancements in conjunction with reduced levels 
of MI coverage, or accepting credit risk without credit enhancement; 

lenders originating mortgages using "piggy-back" or other structures to avoid MI, such as a first mortgage with an 80% 
LTV and a second mortgage with a 10%, 15% or 20% LTV (referred to as 80-10-10, 80-15-5 or 80-20 loans, respectively) 
rather than a first mortgage with an LTV above 80% that has MI; and 

• 

if borrowers pay cash versus securing mortgage financing, which has occurred with greater frequency in recent years.

Any of these alternatives to MI could reduce or eliminate the need for our product, could cause us to lose business and/or could limit 
our ability to attract the business that we would prefer to underwrite.  In particular, since 2008, government mortgage insurance 
programs, principally the FHA, have captured a significant share of the insured loan market.  Government mortgage insurance 
programs are not subject to the same capital requirements, risk tolerance or business objectives that we and other private MI companies 
are, and therefore, generally have greater financial flexibility in setting their pricing, guidelines and capacity, which could put us at 
a competitive disadvantage.  On January 26, 2015, the FHA reduced its single-family annual mortgage insurance premiums by 50 
basis points.  On December 11, 2013, HUD announced its own final rule defining a "Qualified Mortgage" that would be insured, 
guaranteed or administered by FHA,  which went into effect on January 10, 2014 and which is less restrictive than the CFPB's 
definition in certain respects, including that (i) it has no borrower DTI limit, and (ii) it has a higher pricing threshold for loans to fall 
into the "safe harbor" category of QM loans rather than the "rebuttable presumption" category of QM loans.  Because of these factors, 
it is possible that lenders will prefer FHA-insured loans to loans insured by private MI companies, including us, and that such 
preferences could have a material negative effect on our ability to compete for business.  In addition, loans insured under FHA and 
other Federal government-supported mortgage insurance programs are eligible for securitization in Ginnie Mae securities, which 
may be viewed by investors as more desirable than GSE securities due to the explicit backing of Ginnie Mae securities by the full 
faith and credit of the U.S. Federal government.  While declining from a high of approximately 85% in 2009, the market share of 

38

governmental agencies remains substantially above the low of approximately 23% in 2007, according to statistics reported by Inside 
Mortgage Finance.  If the FHA or other government-supported mortgage insurance programs maintain or increase their share of the 
mortgage insurance market, our business and industry could be negatively affected. 

The degree to which lenders or borrowers may select these alternatives now, or in the future, is difficult to predict. As one 
or more of the alternatives described above, or new alternatives that enter the market, are chosen over MI, our revenues could be 
adversely impacted. The loss of business in general or the specific loss of more profitable business could have a material adverse 
effect on our financial position and operating results.

If the volume of low down payment loan originations declines, the amount of insurance that we may be able to write 

could decline, which would reduce our revenues.

Our revenues, in part, depend on the volume of low down payment loan originations and may be negatively affected if the 

volume declines.  The factors that affect the volume of low down payment loan originations include, among other things:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

restrictions on mortgage credit due to more stringent underwriting standards, more restrictive regulatory requirements 
and liquidity issues affecting lenders;

the level of loan interest rates and deductibility of mortgage interest for income tax purposes;

the health of the real estate industry and the national economy as well as the conditions in regional and local economies;

housing affordability;

population trends, including the rate of household formation;

the rate of home price appreciation, which in times of heavy refinancing can affect whether refinance loans have LTVs 
that require MI; and

•  U.S. government housing policy encouraging loans to first-time homebuyers.

A decline in the volume of low down payment loan originations could decrease demand for MI, decrease our new insurance 

written and therefore reduce our revenues and have an adverse effect on our operating results.

The U.S. MI industry is, and as a participant we will be, subject to litigation risk generally.

The MI industry faces litigation risk in the ordinary course of operations, including the risk of class action lawsuits and 
administrative enforcement by federal agencies.  Litigation and enforcement actions relating to capital markets transactions and 
securities-related matters in general has increased as a result of the most recent financial crisis.  Consumers are bringing a growing 
number of lawsuits against home mortgage lenders and settlement service providers.  Mortgage insurers have been involved in 
litigation alleging violations of RESPA and the FCRA.  RESPA generally precludes mortgage insurers from paying referral fees to 
mortgage lenders for the referral of MI business.  This limitation also can prohibit providing services or products to mortgage lenders 
free of charge, charging fees for services that are lower than their reasonable or fair market value, and paying fees for services that 
mortgage lenders provide that are higher than their reasonable or fair market value, in exchange for the referral of MI business 
services.  Violations of the referral fee limitations of RESPA may be enforced by the CFPB, as well as by private litigants in class 
actions.  In the past, a number of lawsuits have challenged the actions of MI companies under RESPA, alleging that the insurers have 
violated the referral fee prohibition by entering into captive reinsurance arrangements or providing products or services to mortgage 
lenders at improperly reduced prices in return for the referral of MI.  In addition to these private lawsuits, other MI companies 
received Civil Investigative Demands from the CFPB as part of its investigation to determine whether mortgage lenders and mortgage 
insurance providers engaged in acts or practices in connection with their captive mortgage insurance arrangements in violation of 
the RESPA, the Consumer Financial Protection Act and the Dodd-Frank Act.  In 2013, the CFPB entered into consent orders with 
five other MI companies settling the CFPB's allegations related to those MI companies' respective captive arrangements.  We do not 
currently have any captive reinsurance arrangements and are not currently subject to RESPA-related inquiries by the CFPB or other 
regulators or RESPA-related litigation.  However, should we become a party to such an inquiry or action, the ultimate outcome is 
difficult to predict, and it is possible that any outcome could be negative to us specifically or the industry in general and such a 
negative outcome could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results.

39

 
Risks Related to Our Common Stock 

We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the near future, and payment of any declared dividends 

may be delayed.

As a condition of GSE Approval, the GSEs have prohibited NMIC from paying a dividend to us before December 31, 2015.  
NMIC has also agreed with various state insurance regulators to restrictions on the payment of dividends until January 2016.  After 
the expiration of these periods, we must obtain prior approval from the GSEs for the payment of any dividend by NMIC, and we 
will have to obtain permission from our state of domicile regulator, the Wisconsin OCI or any successor domestic regulator, for the 
payment of any extraordinary dividend.  Without the payment of dividends from NMIC to us, it may be difficult for us to pay dividends 
to stockholders.

We have not declared or paid dividends in the past, and we do not expect to pay dividends in the near future.  Further, we 
do not have earnings from which dividends may be paid.  In our early years, to the extent we have earnings, we intend to retain such 
earnings to expand our business.  As a result, only appreciation in the price of our common stock, which may never occur, will 
provide a return to investors.  Any future declaration and payment of dividends by our Board will depend on many factors, including 
general economic and business conditions, our strategic plans, our financial results and condition, legal requirements and other factors 
that our Board deems relevant.  In addition, we may enter into credit agreements or other debt arrangements in the future that will 
restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock.

The market price of our common stock could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common 

stock eligible for future sale.

As of February 16, 2015, we had 58,519,558 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding.  Of the outstanding shares 
of our common stock, the shares held by a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to be an affiliate of 
ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning 
of Rule 144 of the Securities Act may be eligible for resale in the public market under Rule 144 under the Securities Act subject to 
applicable restrictions under Rule 144.  Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market in the future, or the 
perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales could also make 
it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future, at a time and place that we deem appropriate.

In addition, we have filed registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register an aggregate of 5.5 million 
shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan and an aggregate of 4 million shares of our common 
stock for issuance under our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.  Any shares issued in connection with acquisitions, the exercise of stock 
options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by investors who purchase our shares.

Future issuances of shares of our common stock may depress our share price and might dilute the book value of our 

common stock and reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.

We have the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued 
shares of common stock, including shares that may be issued to satisfy our obligations under our incentive plans, and securities and 
instruments that are convertible into our common stock.  Such stock issuances could be made at a price that reflects a discount or a 
premium from the then-current trading price of our common stock and might dilute the book value of our common stock or result 
in a decrease in the per share price of our common stock.

Future issuance of debt or preferred stock, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our liquidation, may 

adversely affect the market value of our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by issuing debt, including bank debt, commercial paper, 
medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes or classes of shares of preferred stock.  Our preferred stock, if issued, could have 
a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend payments that would limit amounts available for distribution 
to holders of shares of our common stock.  Accordingly, in the event of our liquidation, holders of our debt securities and preferred 
stock and lenders with respect to other borrowings, if any, would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of 
shares of our common stock.  In addition, if we incur debt in the future, our future interest cost could increase and adversely affect 
our liquidity, cash flow and operating results.  Our decision to issue debt or preferred stock will depend on market conditions and 
other factors, some of which will be beyond our control.  We cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of such future 
issuances.  Holders of our common stock bear the risk of such future issuances of debt or preferred stock reducing the market value 
of our common stock.

40

 
The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of an investment in our common 

stock to decline.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially and be highly volatile, which may make it difficult for 
stockholders to sell their shares of our common stock at the volume, prices and times desired.  There are many factors that impact 
the market price of our common stock, including, without limitation:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

general market conditions, including price levels and volume and changes in interest rates;

national, regional and local economic or business conditions;

the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including the interest rate policies of the Federal 
Reserve;

our actual or projected financial condition, liquidity, operating results, cash flows and capital levels; 

changes in, or failure to meet, our publicly disclosed expectations as to our future financial and operating performance;

publication of research reports about us, our competitors or the financial services industry generally, or changes in, or 
failure to meet, securities analysts' estimates of our financial and operating performance, or lack of research reports by 
industry analysts or ceasing of coverage;

•  market valuations, as well as the financial and operating performance and prospects, of similar companies;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

future issuances or sales, or anticipated issuances or sales, of our common stock or other securities convertible into or 
exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock;

expenses incurred in connection with changes in our stock price, such as changes in the value of the liability reflected 
on our financial statements associated with outstanding warrants; 

the potential failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting; 

additions or departures of key personnel;

our failure to satisfy the continued listing requirements of the NASDAQ;

our failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and 

our treatment as an "emerging growth company" under the federal securities laws.

The  stock  markets  in  general  have  experienced  substantial  volatility  that  has  often  been  unrelated  to  the  operating 
performance of particular companies. These types of broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common 
stock.  In the past, stockholders have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against companies following periods of 
volatility in the market price of their securities.  Any similar litigation against us could result in substantial costs, divert management's 
attention and resources and harm our business or operating results.

We are an emerging growth company and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies 

may make our common stock less attractive to investors.  

As an EGC, we are relieved from certain significant requirements, including, among other things, the requirement to comply 
with certain provisions of Sarbanes-Oxley and the Dodd-Frank Act and certain provisions and reporting requirements of or under 
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, which has the effect of reducing the amount of information that we are required to provide 
for the foreseeable future.  For example, as an EGC, we are exempt from complying with Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley, which 
otherwise would have required our auditors to attest to and report on our internal control over financial reporting.  These reduced 
disclosure requirements may make our common stock less attractive to investors.  To the extent that other companies do not, or 
cannot, take advantage of the benefits under the JOBS Act, this distinction may make our common stock less attractive to investors.  

Provisions contained in our organizational documents, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could delay or prevent a 

change of control of us, which could adversely affect the price of shares of our common stock. 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering 
more  difficult  or  discouraging  an  acquisition  deemed  undesirable  by  our  Board.  Our  corporate  governance  documents  include 
provisions that:

• 

provide that special meetings of our stockholders generally can only be called by the chairman of the Board or the 
president or by resolution of the Board; 

41

 
• 

• 

• 

• 

provide our Board the ability to issue undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the 
shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may grant preferred holders super voting, 
special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holder of common stock;

provide our Board the ability to issue common stock and warrants within the amount of authorized capital; 

provide that, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock with respect to such series of preferred 
stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or 
special meeting of our stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders;

provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates 
for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders, generally must provide timely advance notice of their 
intent in writing and certain other information not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the meeting; and

• 

eliminate the ability of stockholders to act by consent in lieu of a meeting.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes of control of the Company or changes in our 

management.

As  a  Delaware  corporation,  we  are  also  subject  to  anti-takeover  provisions  of  Delaware  law.  The  Delaware  General 
Corporation Law (the "DGCL") provides that stockholders are not entitled the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors 
unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative 
voting in the election of directors. 

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a public Delaware corporation 
from engaging in a business combination (as defined in such section) with an "interested stockholder" (defined generally as any 
person who beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation or any person affiliated with such 
person) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such 
time, the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the 
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming 
an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the 
transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock 
owned by the interested stockholder) the voting stock owned by directors who are also officers or held in employee benefit plans in 
which the employees do not have a confidential right to tender or vote stock held by the plan); or (iii) on or subsequent to such time 
the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by 
the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder. 

In  addition,  Wisconsin's  insurance  regulations  generally  provide  that  no  person  may  acquire  control  of  us  unless  the 
transaction in which control is acquired has been approved by the Wisconsin OCI. The regulations provide for a rebuttable presumption 
of control when a person owns or has the right to vote more than 10% of the voting securities. In addition, the insurance regulations 
of other states in which NMIC and/or Re One are licensed insurers require notification to the state's insurance department a specified 
time before a person acquires control of us. If regulators in these states disapprove the change of control, our licenses to conduct 
business in the disapproving states could be terminated. 

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law or under the Wisconsin insurance regulation 
that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium 
for their shares of common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for shares of our common 
stock. 

42

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

We entered into an office facility lease in Emeryville, California, effective July 1, 2012 for a term of two years. This facility 
is approximately 24,000 square feet and fully furnished.  In October 2013, we amended our facility's lease to (i) add approximately 
23,000 square feet of furnished office space and (ii) extend the facility's lease period through October 31, 2017, which allows for 
expansion based on near-term projected staffing growth.  We do not own or lease any other facilities.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We currently are not a party to any pending legal proceedings.  We may in the future become subject to lawsuits and claims 

arising in the ordinary course of business.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

43

 
 
 
PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ under the symbol "NMIH."  At February 16, 2015, there were 58,519,558 
shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and approximately 37 holders of record. There are no shares of our Class B common 
stock outstanding. 

The following table shows the high and low sales prices of our common stock on the NASDAQ for the financial quarters 

indicated:

1st Quarter

2nd Quarter

3rd Quarter

4th Quarter

2014

High

Low

High

$

12.50

$

10.52

$

11.75

10.83

9.68

9.98

8.35

8.26

2013

— $

—

—

14.15

Low

—

—

—

12.00

No dividends on our common stock have previously been declared or paid, and we do not expect to declare or pay dividends 
in the near future.  For information on our ability to pay dividends, see Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations - Holding Company Liquidity and Capital Resources" and Item 8, "Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data - Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes 11 and 13."

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

We did not repurchase any shares of Common Stock during 2014.

Common Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our Class A Common Stock from November 8, 
2013 (our first trading day on the NASDAQ) until December 31, 2014, with the cumulative total stockholder return on the Russell 
2000 Index and a mortgage insurance company index ("Peer Index").  Prior to November 2013, there was no established public 
market for our securities. The Peer Index consists of Essent, MGIC and Radian.  The graph plots the changes in value of an initial 
$100 investment over the indicated time periods, assuming all dividends are reinvested quarterly.  The total stockholder's returns are 
not necessarily indicative of future returns.  Information contained or referenced in the stock performance graph below is being 
furnished with this report and will not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or deemed to be incorporated 
by reference into any filing under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11/8/2013

12/31/2013

3/31/2014

6/30/2014

9/30/2014

12/30/2014

NMI Holdings, Inc.

Russell 2000 Index

Peer Group Index (ESNT, MTG, RDN)

$

100

100

100

$

91

$

83

$

73

$

55

$

106

123

107

121

108

116

101

116

61

110

135

45

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The information in the following table should be read in conjunction with the information included in Item 7, "Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and notes 
thereto included in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

Consolidated statements of operations

(In Thousands, except for share data and ratios)

For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

For the period from
May 19, 2011
(inception) to
December 31, 2011

$

34,029

$

3,541

$

— $

Basic and diluted loss per share

$

(0.84) $

(0.99) $

(0.73) $

(13,490.00)

Weighted average common shares
outstanding

58,281,425

56,005,326

37,909,936

100

Net premiums written

Net premiums earned

Net investment income

Net realized investment gains

Gain (loss) from change in fair value of
warrant liability

Total revenues

Losses incurred

Amortization of deferred policy
acquisition costs

Underwriting and operating expenses

Net loss

Consolidated balance sheets

Total investments

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Unearned premiums

Reserve for insurance claims and claims
expenses

Shareholders' equity

Book value per share
Selected ratios

Loss ratio

Expense ratio

Combined ratio

Risk-to-capital ratio
Other data

13,407

5,618

197

2,949

22,208

83

373

73,044
(48,906)

2,095

4,808

186

(1,529)
5,560

—

1

60,743
(55,184)

—

6

—

278

284

—

—

27,775
(27,491)

1,349

(1,349)

2014

2013

2012

2011

$

336,501

$

409,088

$

4,864

$

(In Thousands, except for share data and ratios)

103,021

463,265

22,069

83

426,958

55,929

481,219

1,446

—

463,217

485,855

542,768

—

—

$

7.31

$

7.98

$

8.81

$

(13,490.00)

488,748

(1,349)

1%

545%

545%

3.6:1

—%

2,900%

2,900%

0.7:1

—%

—%

—%

—

New primary insurance written

$

3,451,354

$

162,172

$

— $

New primary risk written

New pool risk written

Direct primary insurance in force

Direct primary risk in force

Direct pool risk in force

775,575

—

3,369,664

801,561

93,090

36,516

93,090

161,731

36,516

93,090

—

—

—

—

—

*As of December 31, 2011, we had $1 in cash and cash equivalents, which is not identifiable in this schedule due to rounding.

46

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

*

210

—

—

—%

—%

—%

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

 
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The  following  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our 
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included below in Item 8 of this report and the Risk Factors included above in 
Part I, Item 1A of this report.  In addition, investors should review the "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements" 
above.

Overview

We were incorporated in May 2011 and, through our subsidiaries, we provide private MI.  Our primary insurance subsidiary, 
NMIC, is a qualified MI provider on loans purchased by the GSEs and is licensed in all 50 states and D.C. to issue mortgage insurance.  
Our reinsurance subsidiary, Re One, solely provides reinsurance to NMIC on certain loans insured by NMIC, as described in Note 
13, Statutory Information, below.  Our stock trades on the NASDAQ under the symbol "NMIH."

MI protects mortgage lenders from all or a portion of default-related losses on residential mortgage loans made to home 
buyers who generally make down payments of less than 20% of the home's purchase price. By protecting lenders and investors from 
credit losses, we help facilitate the availability of mortgages to prospective, primarily first-time, U.S. home buyers, thus promoting 
homeownership while protecting lenders and investors against potential losses related to a borrower's default. MI also facilitates the 
sale of these mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market, most of which are sold to the GSEs. We are one of seven companies 
in the U.S. who offer MI.  Our business strategy is to become a leading national MI company with our principal focus on writing 
insurance on high quality, low down payment residential mortgages in the U.S.  

The MI industry is a highly regulated, capital intensive industry.  Other challenges to entry include the need for a customer-
integrated operating platform capable of issuing and servicing mortgage insurance policies, the competitive positions and established 
customer relationships of existing mortgage insurance providers, and in order to conduct MI business nationwide, the need to obtain 
and maintain insurance licenses in all 50 states and D.C.  Additionally, the resource commitment required by mortgage originators, 
and larger lenders in particular, to connect to a new mortgage insurance platform, such as ours, is significant.

NMIC currently differentiates itself from its competitors by underwriting all loans it insures either prior to or post close, 
which permits us to provide loan originators and aggregators with 12-month rescission relief protection, thereby giving our customers 
consistent confidence of coverage.  We have the ability to write new business without the burden of risky legacy exposures and 
believe our current capital supports our current business writing strategy, while staying within the regulatory guidelines imposed by 
state insurance departments and the GSEs.

 Since we began writing MI in April 2013, we have become a fully operational MI company, with $3.4 billion of primary 
IIF and $4.7 billion of pool IIF as of December 31, 2014 compared to $161.7 million of primary IIF and $5.1 billion of pool IIF as 
of December 31, 2013.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company had primary RIF of $801.6 million compared to primary RIF of 
$36.5 million as of December 31, 2013.  Pool RIF as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was $93.1 million.

We discuss below our results of operations for the periods presented, as well as the conditions and trends that have impacted 
or are expected to impact our business, including customer development, new business writings, the composition of our insurance 
portfolio, and other factors that we expect to impact our results.

Conditions and Trends Impacting Our Business 

Customer Development

As discussed in Part I, Item 1, "Business - Customers," our sales and marketing strategy is focused on attracting as customers 
mortgage originators in the U.S.  that fall into two distinct categories, which we refer to as  "National Accounts" and "Regional 
Accounts."  Since April 2013, we have increased our customer base, and we expect to continue to acquire new National and Regional 
Account customers.  In addition to adding new customers, we believe more of our existing customers will begin to allocate more of 
their business to us for placement of our MI.

Our ability to make progress attaining and retaining customers is primarily dependent on the following factors:

•  Maintain  approved  status  and  relationships  with  National Accounts  who  purchase  loans  from  Regional Accounts.  
Retaining these approvals as an authorized MI provider enables Regional Accounts to sell loans with insurance from us 
to  those  National Accounts  through  their  correspondent  channels.   Consequently,  these  relationships  are  critical  to 
continuing to grow our business with Regional Accounts.

47

 
 
 
 
•  Continue the progress made to date connecting with leading third-party loan origination systems utilized by Regional 
Accounts.  The Regional Accounts who originate loans using these third-party loan origination systems will be able to 
automatically select us as an MI provider within those systems.

We had 735 master policy holders in 2014, compared to 305 in 2013.  Of those master policy holders, 37.7% were delivering 
business in 2014, compared to 7.2% delivering business in 2013. The table below shows the number of our customers generating 
NIW within each of the last seven completed fiscal quarters and during the year ended December 31, 2014.

New Insurance Written, Insurance in Force and Risk in Force

Primary insurance may be written on a flow basis, in which loans are insured in individual, loan-by-loan transactions, or 
may be written on a non-flow basis, in which mortgage insurance coverage is placed on more than one loan, typically after the loans 
have been originated.  MI may also be written in a pool policy, where a group of loans (or pool) are insured under a single contract.  
Pool insurance may have a stated aggregate loss limit for a pool of loans and may also have a deductible under which no losses are 
paid by the insurer until losses on the pool of loans exceed the deductible.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2014, we had primary NIW of $1.7 billion, compared to primary NIW of $974.9 
million during the quarter ended September 30, 2014.  We had primary NIW of $3.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2014 
compared to $162.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We did not write any new pool insurance in 2014.  Our total 
NIW for the year ended December 31, 2013 consisted almost entirely of pool insurance written under our Fannie Mae pool agreement, 
which comprised $5.2 billion of the total NIW of $5.3 billion.

As of December 31, 2014, NMIC had primary IIF of $3.4 billion and pool IIF of $4.7 billion and total RIF of $894.4 million, 
consisting of $801.4 million of primary RIF, representing insurance on 14,603 loans, and pool RIF of $93.1 million, representing 
insurance on approximately 21,000 loans.  As of December 31, 2013, NMIC had primary IIF of $161.7 million and pool IIF of $5.1 
billion and total RIF of $129.6 million, consisting of primary RIF of $36.5 million and pool RIF of $93.1 million.  We expect NMIC's 
primary IIF and RIF to significantly increase over the coming year.

48

 
 
 
 
Fannie Mae Pool Transaction

Effective September 1, 2013, NMIC entered into an agreement with Fannie Mae, pursuant to which NMIC initially insured 
approximately 22,000 loans with IIF of $5.2 billion (as of September 1, 2013).  We receive monthly premiums from Fannie Mae for 
this transaction, which are recorded as written and earned in the month received.  The agreement has a term of ten years from 
September 1, 2013, the coverage effective date.

The RIF to NMIC is $93.1 million, which represents the difference between a deductible payable by Fannie Mae on initial 
losses and a stop loss above which losses are borne by Fannie Mae.  NMIC provides this same level of risk coverage over the term 
of the agreement.  We are bound to counter-party requirements contained in the agreement that specify the amount of capital NMIC 
will need to maintain to support the agreement until the new PMIERs are effective, discussed below in "-Proposed PMIERs."  The 
capital we are required to maintain under the pool agreement is specified as the greater of the following:

a. 

b. 

the amount of capital required in our January 2013 approval letter from Fannie Mae ($150 million); or

the sum of:

i. 

5.6% of net primary RIF, plus;

ii. 

for pool insurance, the lesser of 

1.  5.6% of the RIF under the pool transaction, based upon loan level coverage, before application of the 

aggregate stop loss and deductible, or; 

2. 

the aggregate stop loss amount, net of any deductible, for the pool transaction. 

Although our GSE approval letters require that NMIC hold at least $150 million of capital in total to support both pool and 
primary risk, the capital we are required to maintain under this pool agreement just to support the pool risk (under b.ii.) will decline 
over the ten year term of the agreement as the loans in the pool amortize or as loans pay off.  The amount calculated under ii.2. is 
equivalent to $93.1 million and remains the same over the term of the transaction.  The current loan level RIF of the pool, as of 
December 31, 2014, is $1.62 billion, which, when multiplied by 5.6% per the calculation under b.ii.1, produces a capital requirement 
of $90.6 million.  We expect that as the loans in the pool amortize or as loans pay off, the capital required in b.ii.1 will continue to 
decline below the $93.1 million, which is constant and set at the effective date of the transaction, and as a result the amount of capital 
required under b.ii. will continue to decline.  If the draft PMIERs (discussed below) were put into place today, we expect that the 
amount of capital we would have to hold to support this particular pool transaction would be $44.1 million, a significant reduction 
from the current capital requirement of $90.6 million under b.ii above.

Insurance Portfolio

We currently underwrite every loan we insure, including loans submitted through our delegated channel.  Until recently, 
we believe the prevailing standard of other companies in the MI industry has been to conduct partial quality assurance testing of 
delegated underwritten loans.  Our pricing policies also help mitigate credit risk in the form of higher premium rates for loan features 
or borrower characteristics associated with historically higher default rates.

We utilize certain risk principles that form the basis of how we underwrite and originate primary NIW.  First, we manage 
our portfolio credit risk by using several loan eligibility matrices which prescribe the maximum LTV ratio, minimum borrower credit 
score, maximum loan size, property type and occupancy status of loans that we will insure.  Our loan eligibility matrices, as well as 
all of our detailed underwriting guidelines, are contained in our Underwriting Guideline Manual that is publicly available on our 
website.  Our eligibility criteria and underwriting guidelines are designed to mitigate the layered risk inherent in a single insurance 
policy.  "Layered risk" refers to the accumulation of borrower, loan risk and property risk.  For example, we have higher credit score 
and lower maximum allowed LTV requirements for riskier property types, such as investor properties, compared to owner-occupied 
properties.

We monitor the concentrations of the various risk attributes in our insurance portfolio.  Our primary IIF and RIF, as of 
December 31, 2014, were made up of approximately 63% and 62%, respectively, of credit scores at or above 740.  Generally, insuring 
loans made to borrowers with higher credit scores tends to result in a lower frequency of claims.  Additionally, as of December 31, 
2014, we believe our insurance portfolio is comprised of loans that are full documentation loans, and less than 1% of our RIF is 
above 95% LTV.  As we continue to increase our insurance writings, we expect to continue to seek out and insure high credit quality 
mortgages.  Since we recently began writing MI in April 2013, our portfolio does not yet reflect our expected distribution of LTVs, 
borrower credit scores, loan sizes, property types and occupancy statuses of loans that we expect to insure, as well as the concentrations 
within states and metropolitan statistical areas.  We believe we will move toward our expected distribution of these risk attributes in 
our insurance portfolio as we continue to write more business.

49

 
 
 
 
 
Overview of NIW, IIF and RIF

A significant portion of our NIW in 2014 was comprised of single premium policies.  While our single premium policies 
currently represent the majority of our NIW and IIF, we expect the mix of our policy types could change meaningfully in future 
quarters.  Lender-paid single premiums are non-refundable and fully earned upon cancellation.

The table below shows NIW, IIF, RIF, policies in force, the weighted average coverage and loans in default, by quarter, for 

the last five quarters, for our primary book.

Primary

As of and for the Quarter Ended

December 31, 2014

September 30, 2014

June 30, 2014

March 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

(Dollars in Thousands)

$

$

$

1,692,187

3,369,664

801,561

14,603

$

$

$

974,910

1,812,956

435,722

7,628

$

$

$

429,944

939,753

220,949

3,865

$

$

$

354,313

514,796

115,467

2,072

$

$

$

157,568

161,731

36,516

653

23.8%

4

24.0%

—

23.5%

1

22.4%

—

208

$

— $

100

$

— $

22.6%

—

—

New insurance written
Insurance in force (1)
Risk in force (1)
Policies in force (1)

Weighted average 
coverage (2)
Loans in default (count)

Risk in force on defaulted
loans

$

(1) 

(2) 

Reported as of the end of the period.
End of period RIF divided by IIF.

The table below shows primary and pool IIF, NIW and premiums written and earned.

Primary and Pool

As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2014

As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

IIF

NIW

Premiums
Written

Premiums
Earned

IIF

NIW

Premiums
Written

Premiums
Earned

Primary

$ 3,369,664 $ 3,451,354 $

28,611 $

4,721,674

—

5,418

Pool

Total

(In Thousands)

7,989

5,418

$

161,731 $

162,172 $

1,651 $

5,089,517

5,171,664

1,890

205

1,890

2,095

$ 8,091,338 $ 3,451,354 $

34,029 $

13,407

$ 5,251,248 $ 5,333,836 $

3,541 $

Approximately 59% of our IIF and NIW in 2014 was from single premium business.

The tables below show the weighted average FICO and the weighted average LTV, by policy type, for the quarter in which 

the policy was originated.

Weighted Average FICO

Monthly

Single

Annual

Weighted Average LTV

Monthly

Single

Annual

December 31, 2014

September 30, 2014

June 30, 2014

March 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

740

753

725

746

756

—

747

754

—

749

759

—

747

757

—

December 31, 2014

September 30, 2014

June 30, 2014

March 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

91%

90

90

92%

90

—

50

93%

90

—

92%

89

—

93%

89

—

 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below reflects our total IIF and RIF by FICO as of December 31, 2014.

Total Portfolio

>= 740

680 - 739

620 - 679

<= 619

Total

IIF

RIF

(Dollars in Thousands)

As of December 31, 2014

$ 5,947,805

73.5% $

571,549

1,892,596

250,937

—

23.4

3.1

—

292,048

31,054

—

63.9%

32.6

3.5

—

$ 8,091,338

100.0% $

894,651

100.0%

The table below reflects our primary NIW, IIF and RIF by FICO for the 2014 and 2013 books as of December 31, 2014.

Primary - 2014 Book

NIW

IIF

RIF

>= 740

680 - 739

620 - 679

<= 619

Total

(Dollars in Thousands)

As of December 31, 2014

$ 2,178,995

63.1% $ 2,040,422

62.7% $

479,076

1,156,785

115,574

—

33.6

3.3

—

1,102,579

113,752

—

33.8

3.5

—

268,429

28,070

—

61.8%

34.6

3.6

—

$ 3,451,354

100.0% $ 3,256,753

100.0% $

775,575

100.0%

Primary - 2013 Book

NIW (1)

IIF

RIF

>= 740

680 - 739

620 - 679

<= 619

Total

(Dollars in Thousands)

As of December 31, 2014

$

113,907

70.2% $

47,102

1,163

—

29.0

0.8

—

75,646

36,264

1,001

—

67.0% $

17,096

32.1

0.9

—

8,618

272

—

65.8%

33.2

1.0

—

$

162,172

100.0% $

112,911

100.0% $

25,986

100.0%

The table below reflects our pool NIW, IIF and RIF by FICO for the 2013 book as of December 31, 2014.

Pool - 2013 Book

NIW (1)

IIF

RIF

(Dollars in Thousands)

As of December 31, 2014

$ 4,186,844

81.0% $ 3,831,737

81.2% $

832,755

152,065

—

16.1

2.9

—

753,753

136,184

—

16.0

2.8

—

75,377

15,001

2,712

—

81.0%

16.1

2.9

—

$ 5,171,664

100.0% $ 4,721,674

100.0% $

93,090

100.0%

>= 740

680 - 739

620 - 679

<= 619

Total

(1) 

Represents total NIW for the year ended December 31, 2013.

51

 
 
 
The tables below reflect our average primary loan size by FICO and the percentage of our RIF by loan type. 

Average Primary Loan Size by FICO

>= 740

680 - 739

620 - 679

<= 619

Percentage of RIF by Loan Type
As of December 31, 2014

Fixed

Adjustable rate mortgages:

Less than five years

Five years and longer

Total

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

$

(In Thousands)

$

236

225

205

—

253

237

194

—

Primary

Pool

95.5%

100.0%

0.1

4.4

—

—

100.0%

100.0%

The following table reflects our RIF by LTV ratio.  We calculate the LTV ratio of a loan as a percentage of the original loan 
amount to the original value of the property securing the loan.  In general, the lower the LTV ratio the lower the likelihood of a 
default, and for loans that default, a lower LTV ratio generally results in a lower severity for any claim, as the borrower has more 
equity in the property.

Total RIF by LTV

As of December 31, 2014

95.01% and above

90.01% to 95.00%

85.01% to 90.00%

80.01% to 85.00%

80.00% and below

Total RIF

Geographic Dispersion

Primary

% of Total
LTV

RIF

Policy Count

RIF

(Dollars in Thousands)

Pool

% of Total
LTV

Policy Count

$

3,695

0.5%

76

$

435,950

291,711

70,191

14

54.4

36.4

8.7

—

6,832

4,929

2,765

1

$

801,561

100.0%

14,603

$

—

—

—

—

—%

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

93,090

93,090

100.0

100.0%

20,573

20,573

We intend to build a geographically diverse portfolio without geographic concentrations that might expose us to undue risk.  
Risk will be managed by establishing targets and limits for new origination mix and/or portfolio limits.  Therefore, aside from the 
impact of market restrictions, we expect that our insurance origination mix by region will be consistent with the overall distribution 
of mortgage originations in the U.S. that require mortgage insurance.  We currently have no geographic market restrictions in place.  

On an ongoing and recurring basis, we evaluate changing market conditions to determine if it is appropriate to establish, 
tighten, loosen or eliminate lending restrictions established by geographic area.  The evaluation is expected to include factors such 
as historical performance and the historical performance of other market participants, forward-looking projections for key risk drivers, 
estimated  impact  on  loss  performance  and  existing  portfolio  concentrations.  Consistent  with  our  governance  processes,  the 
geographic concentrations will be monitored on an ongoing basis and changes to market restrictions will be reviewed and approved.

52

 
 
The  following  tables  show  the  distribution  by  state  of  our  IIF  and  RIF,  for  both  primary  and  pool  insurance. As  of 
December 31, 2014, our IIF and RIF is more heavily concentrated in California, primarily as a result of the acquisition of new 
customers.  With these new customers, we have placed our MI on a higher proportion of mortgage loans originated in California.  
With the broadening of our customer base, the concentration of primary IIF and RIF in California as of the end of the second quarter 
has declined from 21.3% for both, to 16.6% and 16.3%, respectively, as of December 31, 2014.  The distribution of risk across the 
states as of December 31, 2014 is not necessarily representative of the geographic distribution we expect in the future.  With our 
expectations that we will add a significant number of new customers as we grow and receive greater allocations of business from 
our existing customers, we believe we will have more flexibility to manage our state concentration levels. 

Top 10 Primary IIF and RIF by State

As of December 31, 2014

1. California

2. Texas

3. Michigan

4. Florida

5. Arizona

6. Pennsylvania

7. Ohio

8. Virginia

9. Colorado

10. North Carolina

Total

Top 10 Pool IIF and RIF by State

As of December 31, 2014

1. California

2. Texas

3. Colorado

4. Washington

5. Massachusetts

6. Virginia

7. Illinois

8. New York

9. Florida
10. New Jersey

Total

IIF

RIF

16.6%

16.3%

6.2

4.8

4.7

3.8

3.7

3.6

3.6

3.5

3.5

6.6

4.7

4.6

3.9

3.7

3.8

3.5

3.5

3.6

54.0%

54.2%

IIF

RIF

28.6%

28.0%

5.4

3.9

3.9

3.7

3.7

3.7

2.8

2.8
2.8

5.4

3.9

3.8

3.6

3.7

3.7

2.8

2.8
2.8

61.3%

60.5%

Premiums Written and Earned

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we had net premiums written of $34.0 million and premiums earned of $13.4 million, 
compared to net premiums written of $3.5 million and premiums earned of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. In 
our industry, a "book" is a group of loans that an MI company insures in a particular period, normally a calendar year.  We set 
premiums at the time a policy is issued based on our expectations regarding likely performance over the term of coverage.  We expect 
the average premium rate we charge on our monthly primary flow MI policies to be comparable with the rates charged by the industry 
in general.

Premiums written and earned in a year are generally influenced by:

• 

new insurance written, which is the new insurance-in-force (aggregate principal amount of the mortgages) that are insured 
during a period.  Many factors affect new insurance written, including, among others, the volume of low down payment 

53

 
 
home  mortgage  originations  (which  tend  to  be  generated  to  a  greater  extent  in  purchase  financings  as  compared  to 
refinancings)  and  the  competition  to  provide  credit  enhancement  on  those  mortgages,  which  includes  primarily 
competition from the FHA and other private mortgage insurers; 

• 

• 

• 

cancellations, which reduce insurance-in-force.  Cancellations due to refinancings are affected by the level of current 
mortgage interest rates compared to the mortgage rates on our insurance-in-force.  Refinancings are also affected by 
current home values compared to values when the loans became insured and the terms on which mortgage credit is 
available.  Upon cancellation of a policy, all premium that is non-refundable is immediately earned.  Any refundable 
premium is returned to the policyholder.  To a lesser extent, we expect our future cancellations to be impacted by policies 
canceled due to claim payment, which require us to return any premium received subsequent to the date the insured 
mortgage defaults.  Finally, cancellations are affected by home price appreciation, which may give homeowners the right 
to cancel the MI on their loans.  Based on current market conditions, we expect our MI policies to have a persistency rate 
of between 80% and 85%;

premium rates, which are based on the risk characteristics of the loans insured, the percentage of coverage on the loans, 
competition from other mortgage insurers and general industry conditions; and

premiums ceded under reinsurance agreements. The only reinsurance agreements we currently have in place are between 
NMIC and Re One and they are for the sole purpose of allowing NMIC to comply with certain statutory requirements 
regarding the amount of risk an MI company may retain on any single MI policy.

  Mortgage Insurance Earnings and Cash Flow Cycle

In general, the majority of any underwriting profit (i.e., the earned premium revenue minus claims and expenses, excluding 
investment income) that a book generates occurs in the early years of the book, with the largest portion of the underwriting profit 
for that book realized in the first year.  The earnings we record and the cash flow we receive varies based on the type of MI product 
and premium plan our customers select.  We offer monthly, annual and single premium payment plans.  The level of competition 
within the private MI industry has been intense and is not expected to diminish.  Lenders are requesting with greater frequency 
discounts from mortgage insurers, particularly with respect to LPMI single premium policies.  If the percentage of our new business 
represented by single premium policies continues to remain at elevated levels or if we reduce prices in response to future price 
competition, it may decrease our premium yields.

Claims Incurred

We received our first NOD within our primary insurance book in the second quarter of 2014.  For the year ended December 31, 
2013, we had no primary claim or IBNR reserves.  At December 31, 2014, we had established loss reserves of $83 thousand for our 
primary loans in default.  Due to the size of the pool transaction deductible ($10.3 million), the low level of NODs reported through 
December 31, 2014 and the high quality of the loans (all loans are less than 80% LTV), we have not established any pool reserves 
for  claims  or  IBNR  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2014  and  December 31,  2013.    See,  Item  8,  "Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data - Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Note 5, Reserves for Insurance Claims and Claims Expenses."

Claims incurred are the current expense that is booked within a particular period to reflect actual and estimated claim 
payments that we believe will ultimately be made as a result of insured loans that are in default.  As explained under "Critical 
Accounting Estimates - Reserve for Claims and Claim Adjustment Expenses" below, we do not recognize an estimate of claim expense 
for loans that are not in default. Claims incurred are generally affected by:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the state of the economy, including unemployment, which affects the likelihood that borrowers may default on their loans;

declines in housing values, as such declines may negatively affect loss mitigation opportunities on loans in default, as 
well as increase the likelihood that borrowers will default when the value of the home is below or perceived to be below 
the mortgage balance;

the product mix of insurance-in-force, with loans having higher risk characteristics generally resulting in higher defaults 
and claims;

the size of loans insured, with higher average loan amounts tending to increase claims incurred;

the loan-to-value ratio, with higher average loan-to-value ratios tending to increase claims incurred;

the percentage of coverage on insured loans, with higher percentages of insurance coverage tending to result in higher 
incurred claim amounts than lower percentages of insurance coverage;

higher debt-to-income ratios, which tend to increase incurred claims;

54

 
 
the rate at which we rescind policies.  Because of tighter underwriting standards generally in the mortgage lending industry 
and the terms of our master policy, we expect that our level of rescission activity will be lower than recent rescission 
activity experienced by the MI industry; and

the distribution of claims over the life of a book.  Historically, the first two to three years after loans are originated are a 
period of relatively low claims, with claims increasing substantially for several years subsequent and then declining.  
Factors, such as persistency of the book, the condition of the economy, including unemployment and housing prices, and 
others, can affect this pattern.  See "Mortgage Insurance Earnings and Cash Flow Cycle," above.

We expect that claims incurred for the first two to three years of our operations will be relatively low for the following 

• 

• 

reasons:

•  we currently underwrite every loan and we believe that this will lower our incurred claims;

• 

as stated above, the typical distribution of claims over the life of a book results in fewer defaults during the first two to 
three years after loans are originated, usually peaking in years three through six and declining thereafter;

•  we expect that the frequency of claims on our initial primary books of business should be between 3% and 4% of mortgages 
insured over the life of the book.  For claims that we may receive, we expect the severity of the claim to be between 85% 
and 95% of the coverage amount.  Based on these expectations, we believe that the loss ratio over the life of each book 
will be between 20% and 25% of earned premiums.  Because we expect the claims on insured mortgages to develop over 
time, we believe that the reported loss ratio in our first 2-3 years of operation will be less than 10% of earned premiums; 
and

• 

under the pool insurance agreement between NMIC and Fannie Mae, as discussed above in this report, NMIC is responsible 
for claims only to the extent they exceed a deductible.

We developed our estimates of the expected frequency and severity of claims based on statutory filings by many of our 
competitors, which contain historical book year performance, as well as an industry dataset which consists of nearly 150 million 
mortgages and 80 data fields per mortgage, gathered over the past 17 years.  As state-regulated entities, mortgage insurers are required 
to file actuarial justifications for premium rate changes in many states, many of which are publicly available and include historical 
information on claim frequency and severity.  Historical performance data from similar underwriting, house price, and interest rate 
periods were compared to today to determine a range of expected performance.

Cybersecurity

As a participant in the mortgage lending and MI industries, we rely on e-commerce and other technologies to provide and 
expand our products and services.  We have established and implemented security measures, controls and procedures to safeguard 
our information technology systems and to prevent unauthorized access to such systems and any data processed and/or stored in 
such systems.  We periodically employ third parties to evaluate and test the adequacy of such systems, controls and procedures.  In 
addition, we have established a business continuity plan that is designed to allow our business to continue to operate in the midst of 
certain disruptive events, including any disruptions to our information technology systems.  We also have an incident response plan 
that is designed to address information security incidents, including breaches of our information technology systems.  Despite these 
safeguards, disruptions to and breaches of our information technology systems are possible and may negatively impact our business.

We maintain technology errors and omissions coverage to limit our exposure in the event an incident occurs.  This insurance 
provides coverage for (i) claims related to, among other things, unauthorized network or computer access, unintentional disclosure 
or misuse of personally identifiable information in our possession, unintentional failure to disclose a breach and (ii) certain costs 
related to privacy notification, crisis management and business interruption.

Capital Position of Our Insurance Subsidiaries

In addition to the requirement that NMIC adhere to certain minimum capital requirements, as described in "Note 13, Statutory 
Information," NMIC is also subject to state regulatory minimum capital requirements based on its insured RIF.  While formulations 
of this minimum capital may vary in each jurisdiction, the most common measure allows for a maximum permitted risk-to-capital 
ratio of 25 to 1.

As of December 31, 2014, NMIC's primary RIF was approximately $801.6 million representing insurance on a total of 
14,603 policies in force, and pool risk-in-force was approximately $93.1 million, representing insurance on a total of approximately 
21,000 loans.  Based on NMIC's reported total statutory capital of $231 million at December 31, 2014, NMIC's risk-to-capital ratio 
was  3.5:1,  significantly  below  the  contractual  and  regulatory  maximum  risk-to-capital  thresholds.    Similarly,  Re  One  had  total 
statutory capital of $15 million at December 31, 2014, with a risk-to-capital ratio of 6.2:1.

55

 
 
 
 
As our insurance writings grow and our RIF increases, our risk-to-capital ratio will increase and NMIC's risk-to-capital 
metrics will become more important to an evaluation of its compliance with all of the capital requirements to which it is subject.  
The GSEs and state insurance regulators are currently examining their respective capital requirements to determine whether in light 
of the recent financial crisis, changes are needed to more accurately assess mortgage insurers' ability to withstand stressful economic 
conditions.  As discussed below under "- Proposed PMIERs," the FHFA recently announced updated GSE mortgage insurer eligibility 
requirements that include new financial requirements. These new financial requirements prescribe a risk-based capital methodology 
whereby the amount of capital required to be held against each insured loan is determined based on certain risk characteristics, such 
as FICO, vintage (year of origination), performing vs. non-performing, LTV and other risk features.  Based on a loan's risk profile, 
a capital charge is calculated, whereas the current state and GSE-imposed risk-to-capital ratio requirements do not distinguish between 
the type or quality of the risk.  As a result, we believe the proposed PMIERs provide a more sound formulation of capital that needs 
to be held to support an MI's current risk-in-force.  We believe NMIC will fully comply with the new financial requirements within 
the transition time period.  For more discussion, see "- Proposed PMIERs," below.

The NAIC has formed a working group to explore, among other things, whether certain states' statutory capital requirements 
applicable to mortgage insurers should be overhauled.  We, along with other MI companies are working with the Mortgage Guaranty 
Insurance Working Group of the Financial Condition (E) Committee of the NAIC (the "Working Group"). The Working Group will 
determine and make a recommendation to the Financial Condition (E) Committee of the NAIC as to what changes, if any, the Working 
Group believes are necessary to the solvency regulation for MI companies, including changes to the Mortgage Guaranty Insurers 
Model Act (Model #630).  We have provided feedback to the Working Group since early 2013, and we support more robust capital 
standards and continue to advocate for a strong capital model.  The discussions are ongoing and the ultimate outcome of these 
discussions and any potential actions taken by the NAIC cannot be predicted at this time.  However, given our current strong capital 
position and having no exposure to risk written in the 2005 through 2008 book years, we believe that NMIC will be well positioned 
to comply with new capital requirements proposed by the NAIC when they become effective.

Proposed PMIERS

As discussed above in Part I, Item 1, "Business - U.S. Mortgage Insurance Regulation - GSE Oversight - GSE Eligibility 
Requirements," on July 10, 2014, the FHFA released for public input the proposed PMIERs.  As announced by FHFA, the PMIERs 
are expected to take effect 180 days following the publication date of the final PMIERs (the "Effective Date").  Prior to the Effective 
Date, each private mortgage insurer will be required to either (i) certify to the GSEs that it fully complies with the PMIER financial 
requirements as of the Effective Date, or (ii) obtain GSE approvals on a transition plan detailing how it will comply with the financial 
requirements not later than 2 years following the publication date (the "Compliance Date").  We understand that each GSE will 
publish its own set of PMIERs and that final publication will likely occur during the first half of 2015, making the Effective Date 
sometime in the second half of 2015.  As of the Effective Date, each MI, including NMIC, will have to comply with the financial 
requirements or have a GSE-approved transition plan in place.

Under the proposed PMIER financial requirements, an approved insurer must maintain available assets that equal or exceed 

minimum required assets, which is an amount equal to the greater of (i) $400 million or (ii) the total risk-based required asset amount.      
(Italicized terms have the same meaning that such terms have in the draft PMIERs, as described in this report.)  The total risk-based 
required asset amount for an approved insurer is a function of its direct risk-in-force (net risk-in-force for certain qualifying reinsurance 
arrangements) and the risk profile of all loans it has insured as of any determination date.  It is calculated by applying the applicable 
risk-based required asset factor to the risk-in-force under each insured loan and summing over all loans, subject to a floor equal to 
5.6% of total risk-in-force.  The proposed risk-based required asset factors, which are set forth in tables contained in the draft 
PMIERs, vary over several risk dimensions including loan-to-value, FICO credit score, vintage, and loan status, i.e., performing or 
non-performing.  In addition, there are surcharges for some non-GSE eligible performing loans that have certain risk characteristics, 
such as those underwritten with less than full documentation, non-owner occupied, non-fully amortizing or those in which the debt 
to income ratio exceeds 43%.

As of December 31, 2014, on a consolidated basis, the Company has available assets as defined by the draft PMIERs of 
approximately $417 million, but only $253 million of the available assets are at NMIC, including the available assets of Re One.  
Therefore, if the draft PMIERs had taken effect as of December 31, 2014, NMIH would have needed to contribute substantially all 
of its capital to NMIC to be in compliance.  Even if NMIH had contributed substantially all of its capital to NMIC, it is likely that 
NMIC's available assets would fall below $400 million on the Effective Date.  Therefore, assuming the PMIERs are finalized and 
published as anticipated, we expect that NMIC will submit a transition plan to the GSEs within 90 days of the Effective Date detailing 
how NMIC will fully comply with the PMIERs on the Compliance Date.  Any transition plan will likely include raising additional 
capital prior to the Compliance Date, which is consistent with the Company's previous guidance regarding the timing of future capital 
raises to fund growth in the business, which we expect to occur after 2015.  Additionally, with periodic capital contributions from 
NMIH, we expect NMIC's available assets will exceed the total risk-based required asset amount through the end of 2015.  If the 
draft PMIERs were adopted as drafted today, we expect that the amount of capital we would have to hold under our pool insurance 

56

 
agreement with Fannie Mae would be significantly reduced.  We discuss the current and expected capital requirements for this pool 
transaction above in "- New Insurance Written, Insurance in Force and Risk in Force - Fannie Mae Pool Transaction." 

Competition

The MI industry is highly competitive and currently consists of seven private mortgage insurers, including NMIC, as well 
as governmental agencies like the FHA and the VA.  See Item I, Part 1, "Business - Sales and Marketing and Competition - Competition."

Private MI

The MI industry has recently been in a state of transition.  In 2009, a new MI company was formed and started writing MI 
in 2010.  We began writing MI in April of 2013.  In January 2014, an existing reinsurance company completed its acquisition of an 
existing MI company that had been serving credit unions only, with the intention to expand its operations to serve the entire mortgage 
market.  Given this dynamic, we expect that there will be pressure in the coming years for industry participants to establish, grow 
or maintain their market share.

We believe that we have an advantage in the marketplace as a result of our strong capital position and competitive terms of 
coverage.  We expect that this advantage will translate to increasing our market share in the near term.  Our competitors' share of 
the private MI market at September 30, 2014 varied from single percentage points penetration to a high of approximately 24%.  In 
general, we expect a slight increase in the total origination market in 2015, based on research published by Fannie Mae.

Competition with FHA

Although there has been broad policy consensus toward the need for private capital to play a larger role and government 
credit risk to be reduced in the U.S. housing finance system, recent action by the current administration has made it difficult to predict 
whether the market share of governmental agencies such as the FHA and VA will continue to recede at the same pace it has since 
2010.  On January 26, 2015, the FHA reduced its single-family annual mortgage insurance premiums by 50 basis points.  It is difficult 
to predict what, if any, material impact this premium reduction will have as there are factors beyond premium rate that influence a 
lender's decision to choose private MI over FHA insurance, including among others, relative ease of use of private MI products 
compared to FHA products.

Another factor that impacts FHA's market share is the size of the loans it is permitted to insure.  In 2014, the FHA reduced 
the maximum size of residential mortgage loans that it may insure in nearly 650 counties.  The new national maximum loan limit 
for certain "high-cost" areas was also reduced from $729,750 to $625,500.  The current national standard loan limit for areas where 
housing costs are relatively low remained unchanged at $271,050.  Areas are eligible for FHA loan limits above the national standard 
limit, and up to the national maximum level, based on median area home prices.  At the time, FHA's Commissioner Carol Galante 
acknowledged that as the housing market continues its recovery, the FHA lowering its loan limits is an important and appropriate 
step as private capital returns to portions of the market.  We cannot predict, however, the FHA's share of new insurance written in 
the future due to, among other factors, different loan eligibility terms between the FHA and the GSEs; potential future increases in 
guarantee fees charged by the GSEs; additional changes to the FHA's annual premiums; and the total profitability that may be realized 
by mortgage lenders from securitizing loans through the Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae") when compared 
to securitizing loans through Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

In December 2014, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac each announced eligibility guidelines for their purchase of 97% LTV 
loans.  We believe this announcement will result in more lenders offering such loans, which could have a positive impact on the 
private MI industry by increasing the market for low down-payment loans that require private MI.  The potential impact on the private 
MI industry from the GSEs' announcement may be affected by potential future changes the GSEs may make to their loan level price 
adjustments and guarantee fees.  Given the uncertainty, it is difficult to predict the ultimate impact of this change on our industry's 
market share.

As a result of the foregoing, it is uncertain what role the GSEs, FHA and private capital, including MI, will play in the 
domestic residential housing finance system in the future or the impact of any such changes on our business. In addition, the timing 
of the impact on our business is uncertain. Most meaningful changes would require Congressional action to implement, and it is 
difficult to estimate when Congress would take action, and if it did, how long it would take for such action to be final and how long 
any associated phase-in period may last.  Considering the recent financial turnaround or the perceived turnaround of the GSEs, the 
timing of any of these changes becomes more difficult to assess.

57

 
 
 
 
Consolidated Results of Operations

Consolidated statements of operations

Revenues

Premiums written

Direct

Net premiums written

Increase in unearned premiums

Net premiums earned

Net investment income

Net realized investment gains

Gain (loss) from change in fair value of warrant liability

Gain from settlement of warrants

Total revenues

Expenses

Insurance claims and claims expenses

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

Underwriting and operating expenses

Total expenses

Loss before income taxes

Income tax benefit

Net loss

$

For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In Thousands, except for share data)

$

34,029

$

3,541

$

34,029
(20,622)
13,407

5,618

197

2,949

37

22,208

83

373

73,044

73,500
(51,292)
(2,386)
(48,906) $

3,541
(1,446)
2,095

4,808

186
(1,529)
—

5,560

—

1

—

—

—

—

6

—

278

—

284

—

—

60,743

60,744
(55,184)
—
(55,184) $

27,775

27,775

(27,491)

—

(27,491)

Our financial results to date have been primarily driven by expenditures related to our business development activities, and 
to a lesser extent, by our investment activities.  Although we expect our year-over-year expenses to increase as we grow our business, 
we ultimately expect that the majority of our operating expenses will be relatively fixed in the long term.  As our business matures 
and we deploy the majority of our capital, including capital raised through equity or debt offerings, or through the use of reinsurance, 
we are targeting our expense ratio (expenses to premiums written) to fall into a range of 20% to 25%.  Until our business matures, 
our expense ratio is expected to be significantly higher than this range given the low levels of premium written compared to our 
"fixed" costs customary to operating a mortgage insurance company.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we had net premiums written of $34.0 million compared to net premiums written 
of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  We wrote no premiums for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The principal 
driver of the increase in premiums written in 2014 was the continued growth of our NIW and the significant development of our 
customer base.

Given our growth during 2014, we believe that a quarter over quarter comparison of net premiums written is more meaningful 
than comparing net premiums written year over year.  For the quarter ended December 31, 2014, we had net premiums written of 
$14.1 million and net premiums earned of $5.5 million, compared to net premiums written of $9.7 million and net premiums earned 
of $3.9 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2014.  For the quarter ended December 31, 2014, we had net monthly premiums 
written and earned of $1.8 million compared to $883 thousand for the third quarter of 2014.  Monthly NIW increased by approximately 
75% quarter over quarter from September 30, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

We had net single premiums written and earned of $11.0 million and $2.4 million, respectively, for the fourth quarter of 
2014, compared to net single premiums written and earned of $7.4 million and 1.7 million, respectively, for the third quarter of 2014.  
Net single premiums earned increased as a result of an increase in single premiums written during the quarter ended December 31, 
2014, as well as from cancellations on lender-paid singles, where single premiums received by us are non-refundable and fully earned 
upon cancellation.  Net pool premiums written and earned of $1.3 million was down slightly quarter over quarter due to the pay off 
of  approximately  320  loans  in  the  pool  from  September 30,  2014.    We  have  not  written  significant  annual  premiums  through 
December 31, 2014.

58

 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2014, we had 14,603 primary certificates in force and approximately 21,000 pool certificates in force, 

compared to 2,072 primary certificates in force and approximately 22,000 pool certificates in force as of December 31, 2013.

We have incurred significant net operating losses since our inception. Our net losses were $48.9 million, $55.2 million, and 
$27.5 million for the each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, respectively.  Our net loss increased for 
the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of the increase in our head 
count, the development of our IT platform, the depreciation of our IT systems as they were put into service in 2013 and share-based 
compensation expense.  The primary drivers of the decrease in net losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the 
year ended December 31, 2013 were the increase in premiums earned, the increase in net investment income and a decrease in our 
warrant liability, as a result of a decline in our stock price, offset by the continued hiring of management and staff personnel and 
external and professional costs.  Premiums increased as we have added new customers and existing customers have allocated more 
business to us.  We began investing our cash during the first quarter of 2013 and continued to invest and re-balance our portfolio in 
the second and third quarters of 2013.  As a result, our net investment income was lower for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 
2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014.

Our total underwriting and operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $73.0 million compared to $60.7 
million and $27.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, driven primarily by expanding operations 
and the hiring of personnel.  The following are the components of our underwriting and operating expenses for the periods indicated:

Consolidated Underwriting and Operating Expenses

For the Year Ended December 31,

Payroll and related

Share-based compensation

Contract and professional services

Technology service expenses

Depreciation and amortization expenses

Other expenses

Total underwriting and operating expenses

2014

2013

(In Thousands)

2012

$

$

39,045

$

9,180

8,691

4,104

5,768

6,256

28,233

$

10,367

2,694

4,740

5,944

8,765

73,044

$

60,743

$

11,559

6,115

2,214

875

—

7,012

27,775

Employee  compensation  represents  the  majority  of  our  operating  expense,  which  includes  both  cash  and  share-based 
compensation.  Our payroll and related expense was $39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $28.2 million 
and $11.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The increases year over year were driven by the 
addition of new employees.  Our headcount grew from 141 at December 31, 2013 to 189 at December 31, 2014.  As part of our 
compensation plan, certain employees were granted stock options and RSUs under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.  Our share-based 
compensation expense was $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $10.4 million and $6.1 million for the 
years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The majority of our stock options and RSUs were awarded during 2012, 
with fewer awards in 2013 and 2014.  The expense related to the 2012 grants is decreasing as the awards near their vesting terms.  
Additionally, we have not incurred the same degree of expense from the 2013 and 2014 grants, which were smaller than the 2012 
grants, causing the overall share-based compensation expense to decrease year over year.

Our  contract  and  professional  services  expense  increased  from  $2.2  million  and  $2.7  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, largely as a result of the growth 
in outsourced IT and other services to support our business.  Our depreciation and amortization expenses decreased to $5.8 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to the write off of fully 
depreciated software in October 2014.  We purchased this software with our acquisition of our insurance subsidiaries in 2012.  The 
write off was offset by the continued development of our technology platform which has resulted in placing more assets into service 
and depreciating those assets accordingly.  We did not have any depreciation or amortization expenses in 2012 as no assets had been 
placed in service at that time.  Other expenses decreased to $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $8.8 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2013, as a result of a decline in legal expenses, net of the settlement costs associated with the 
litigation settled in the third quarter of 2014.

59

 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheets

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

Total investment portfolio

Cash and cash equivalents

Deferred policy acquisition costs, net

Software and equipment, net

Other assets

Total assets

Reserve for insurance claims and claims expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Unearned premiums

Warrant liability

Deferred tax liability

Total liabilities

Total shareholders' equity

$

$

$

(In Thousands)

336,501

$

$

$

103,021

2,985

11,806

8,952

463,265

83

10,646

22,069

3,372

137

36,307

426,958

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

463,265

$

409,088

55,929

90

8,876

7,236

481,219

—

10,052

1,446

6,371

133

18,002

463,217

481,219

Our total assets, comprised largely of cash and investments, were $463.3 million at December 31, 2014 compared to total 
assets of $481.2 million at December 31, 2013.  The reduction in 2014 compared to 2013 was driven by operating costs, partially 
offset by premium and investment income.  The increase in cash for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2013 is the result of re-balancing our investment portfolio to include BBB investments and establishing a cash balance 
sufficient to fund our operations.

Our deferred policy acquisition asset was $3.0 million as of December 31, 2014 compared to $90 thousand at December 31, 
2013.  The increase was driven by the increase in deferrable costs associated with our increase in premiums written year over year 
from $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $34.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as discussed above, 
and the expense associated with the successful acquisition of that NIW.

Our software and equipment balance increased from $8.9 million at December 31, 2013 to $11.8 million at December 31, 
2014, primarily due to the $8.2 million spent on the continued development of our technology platform, offset by the write off of 
the fully depreciated software we purchased with the acquisition of our insurance subsidiaries.

Our reserves for insurance claims and claims expenses were $83 thousand at December 31, 2014.  We received our first 
primary NOD in the second quarter of 2014.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, we had no claim or IBNR reserves.  See, Item 
8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Note 5, Reserves for Insurance 
Claims and Claims Expenses."

Our accounts payable and accrued expenses were $10.6 million as of December 31, 2014 and $10.1 million at December 31, 

2013.  The increase at December 31, 2014 was primarily the result of our increased headcount.

Our unearned premiums balance increased from $1.4 million as of December 31, 2013 to $22.1 million as of December 31, 
2014.  The unearned premium balance has increased due to the higher volume of single premiums written in 2014 compared to 2013.  
We wrote $25.5 million  and $1.6 million in single premiums for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $440 million in cash and investments of which $164 million was held at 
NMIH.   As  of  December 31,  2014,  the  amount  of  restricted  net  assets  held  by  our  consolidated  insurance  subsidiaries  totaled 
approximately $252 million of our consolidated net assets of approximately $427 million.

60

 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities:

Consolidated cash flows

Net cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

(In Thousands)

2012

$

$

(21,004) $
68,082

14

47,092

$

(36,311) $
(419,949)
26,334
(429,926) $

(14,596)

(9,809)

510,260

485,855

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was lower compared to the same period in 2013, 
due primarily to the collection of premiums offset by the continued hiring of management and staff personnel, professional costs 
incurred in conjunction with litigation support and costs for other contract and professional services.

Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was lower compared to the same period in 2013, 
as a result primarily of investing our cash holdings in fixed income securities beginning in the first quarter of 2013.  We had very 
little movement in our investment portfolio during the first half of 2014. During the third quarter of 2014, we sold approximately 
$100 million of our investment portfolio at the holding company.  We then contributed $70 million of the proceeds to NMIC in the 
form of cash. Prior to the third quarter of 2014, our investment portfolio consisted of A rated securities or better. During the third 
quarter, we made the decision to invest 10-15% of the investment portfolio in BBB securities. As of December 31, 2014, approximately 
9% of the investment portfolio was invested in BBB securities, and we will invest additional amounts of the portfolio in the future 
as we believe appropriate.

Cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 consisted primarily of taxes paid related to the net 
share settlement of equity awards offset by the proceeds from option exercises.  During the same period in 2013, cash flows from 
financing also consisted primarily of the approximately $28 million we received from our Initial Public Offering ("IPO") and taxes 
paid related to the net share settlement of equity awards.  Cash from financing activities in 2012 consisted of the net proceeds we 
received from our Private Placement.

Holding Company Liquidity and Capital Resources

NMIH serves as the holding company for our insurance subsidiaries and does not have any significant operations of its 
own.  NMIH's principal liquidity demands include funds for: (i) payment of certain corporate expenses and reimbursable expenses 
of its insurance subsidiaries; (ii) capital support for its insurance subsidiaries; (iii) potential payments to the Internal Revenue Service 
("IRS"); and (iv) the payment of dividends, if any, on its common stock.  NMIH is not subject to any limitations on its ability to pay 
dividends except those generally applicable to corporations, such as NMIH, that are incorporated in Delaware.  Delaware corporation 
law provides that dividends are only payable out of a corporation's capital surplus or (subject to certain limitations) recent net profits.  
As of December 31, 2014, NMIH's shareholders' equity was approximately $427 million.

NMIH's future capital requirements depend on many factors, including NMIC's ability to successfully write new business 
and establish premium rates at levels sufficient to cover claims and operating costs.  To the extent that the funds generated by our 
ongoing operations and capitalization are insufficient to fund future operating requirements, we may need to raise additional funds 
through financing activities or curtail our growth and reduce our expenses.  We may choose to generate additional liquidity through 
the issuance of a combination of debt or equity securities, as well as consider our reinsurance options.

We expect that cash and investments and projected cash flows from operations will provide us with sufficient liquidity to 
fund our anticipated growth by providing capital to increase our insurance company surplus as well as for payment of operating 
expenses through 2015, at which point we currently expect to consider various capital options.  We anticipate that as our IIF grows, 
the premium revenue we receive will increase. We expect to manage our fixed operating expenses so that they grow at a much slower 
rate than sales over the coming years.  Following 2014, as we anticipate an increase in our volume of MI business, we expect to see 
our underwriting and sales costs increase; however, we expect to be able to manage our "back-office" corporate related costs (i.e., 
management, finance, legal, risk and information technology) as these areas of our business are already developed to support our 
revenue generating operations.  

On March 26, 2014, NMIH contributed $20 million in cash to NMIC, and on September 18, 2014, NMIH contributed an 
additional $70 million in cash to NMIC.  NMIH contributed $5 million in cash to Re One on December 19, 2014.  In order to support 
a minimum surplus of $150 million and maintain a risk-to-capital ratio under 15 to 1 through December 31, 2015 at NMIC, we expect 
NMIH may make additional capital contributions to NMIC from time-to-time.  NMIH could be required to provide additional capital 
61

support for NMIC and Re One if additional capital is required pursuant to state insurance laws and regulations, by the GSEs or the 
rating agencies. Holding company cash at December 31, 2014 was $29.9 million.

In  addition  to  investment  income,  dividends  from  NMIC  and  permitted  payments  under  our  tax-  and  expense-sharing 
arrangements with our subsidiaries are NMIH's principal sources of operating cash.  The expense-sharing arrangements between 
NMIH and its insurance subsidiaries, as amended, have been approved by the Wisconsin OCI, but such approval may be changed 
or revoked at any time.  NMIC's ability to pay dividends to NMIH is subject to various conditions imposed by the GSEs and by 
insurance regulations requiring insurance department approval.  In general, dividends in excess of prescribed limits are deemed 
"extraordinary" and require insurance regulatory approval.  Since inception, NMIC has not paid any dividends to NMIH.  As NMIC 
had a statutory net loss for the year ended December 31, 2014, NMIC cannot pay any dividends to NMIH through December 31, 
2015, without the prior approval of the Wisconsin OCI.  Additionally, under agreements with the GSEs, NMIC is not permitted to 
pay shareholder dividends until December 31, 2015 and, under agreements with various state insurance regulators, is not permitted 
to pay shareholder dividends until January 2016.

Our MI companies' principal operating sources of liquidity are premiums that we receive from policies and income generated 
by our investment portfolio.  Our MI companies' primary liquidity needs include the payment of claims on our MI policies, operating 
expenses, investment expenses and other costs of our business.

Consolidated Investment Portfolio

Our net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $5.6 million compared to $4.8 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2013.  During the first quarter of 2013, we began investing our cash holdings in fixed income securities which 
provide a higher yield than cash.  As of December 31, 2014, we believe our portfolio conforms with our investment guidelines.  The 
principal factors affecting our investment income include the size and credit rating of our portfolio and its net yield.  As measured 
by amortized cost (which excludes changes in fair market value, such as those resulting from changes in interest rates), the size of 
our investment portfolio is mainly a function of capital raised, cash generated from (or used in) operations, such as net premiums 
received, and investment earnings.

Consistent with Wisconsin law, our investment policies emphasize preservation of capital, as well as total return.  Based 
on our guidelines, our current investment portfolio is comprised almost entirely of cash and cash equivalents and fixed-income 
securities, all of which are investment grade.  Prior to the third quarter of 2014, our investment portfolio consisted of A rated securities 
or better. During the third quarter, we changed our investment guidelines to allow 10-15% of the investment portfolio to be invested 
in BBB securities.  As of December 31, 2014, approximately 9% of the investment portfolio was invested in BBB securities, and we 
will invest additional amounts of the portfolio in the future as we believe appropriate.  Our policy guidelines contain limits on the 
amount of credit exposure to any one issue, issuer and type of instrument.  We expect to preserve the liquidity of our portfolio through 
diversification and investment in publicly traded securities. We plan to maintain a level of liquidity commensurate with our perceived 
business outlook and the expected timing, direction and degree of changes in interest rates.

The pre-tax book yield on our portfolio at December 31, 2014 was 1.5%, excluding unrealized gains and losses. The book 
yield is calculated on our year-to-date net investment income over our average portfolio book value at December 31, 2014.  We 
believe  that  the  yield  on  our  investment  portfolio  likely  will  change  over  time  based  on  potential  changes  to  the  interest  rate 
environment, the duration or mix of our investment portfolio or other factors.

The sectors of our investment portfolio, including cash and cash equivalents, at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 

2013, appear in the table below: 

Percentage of portfolio's fair value

1. Corporate debt securities

2. U.S. treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government agencies

3. Asset-backed securities

4. Cash and cash equivalents

5. Municipal debt securities

Total

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

45%

16

13

24

2

100%

47%

23

16

12

2

100%

62

 
 
 
 
The ratings of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were:

Investment portfolio ratings

AAA

AA

A

BBB

Investment grade

Below investment grade

Total

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

39%

15%

8

44

9

100

—

31

54

—

100

—

100%

100%

The ratings above are provided by one or more of: Moody's, Standard & Poor's and Fitch Ratings. If three ratings are 

available, we assign the middle rating for classification purposes, otherwise we assign the lowest rating.

Taxes

We are a U.S. taxpayer and are subject to a statutory U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of approximately 35%.  Our 
holding company files a consolidated U.S. federal and various state income tax returns on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries.  Our 
effective income tax rate on our pre-tax loss was 4.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 0.0% for the year ended December 
31, 2013.  For further information regarding income taxes and their impact on our results of operations and financial position, see, 
Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Note 8, Income Taxes."

There is a tax sharing agreement between NMIH and its subsidiaries, dated August 23, 2012.  Under this agreement, each 
of the parties mutually agreed to file a consolidated federal income tax return for 2012 and subsequent tax years, with NMIH as 
the direct tax filer.  The tax liability of each insurer that is party to the agreement is limited to the amount of liability it would incur 
if it filed a separate tax return. Any settlements under the agreement between NMIH and a subsidiary will be made within 30 days 
of the filing of the applicable federal corporate income tax return with the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"), including subsequent 
amended filings and IRS adjustments, except when a refund is due to a subsidiary, in which case payment shall be made to the 
insurer within 30 days after NMIH’s receipt of the applicable tax refund.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $114.5 million, which expire from 
2029 to 2034 and state net operating loss carryforwards of $36.0 million, which primarily expire from 2031 to 2034.  Section 382 
of the Internal Revenue Code ("Section 382") imposes annual limitations on a corporation's ability to utilize its net operating losses 
("NOLs") if it experiences an "ownership change."  As a result of the acquisition of our insurance subsidiaries, $7.3 million of NOLs 
are subject to annual limitations of $0.8 million through 2016, then $0.3 million through 2029.  If the Company were to experience 
another "ownership change," further limitations would apply.

A tax effected valuation allowance of $53.7 million and $35.8 million was recorded at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 
2013,  respectively, to  reflect the amount of the  deferred taxes that may  not be realized.  As  the Company  has  limited history, 
management is unable to provide a basis to conclude that it is more-likely-than-not that the results of future operations will generate 
sufficient taxable income.  If the valuation allowance is reduced in the future, we would recognize an income tax benefit associated 
primarily with the carry forward of federal net operating losses and future share-based compensation tax deductions.

63

 
 
 
 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

We  had  no  off-balance  sheet  arrangements  at  December 31,  2014.    Contractual  obligations  at  December 31,  2014  are 

summarized in the table that follows.

Contractual obligations

Long-term debt obligations

Capital lease obligations

Operating lease obligations

Purchase obligations

Other long-term liabilities reflected on the
registrant's balance sheet under GAAP

Total

Critical Accounting Estimates

$

$

Less than 1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

More than 5 years

— $

(In Thousands)

— $

— $

—

—

1,690

2,451

—

—

—

3,229

219

—

—

—

—

—

—

4,141

$

3,448

$

— $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

We use accounting principles and methods that conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. ("GAAP").  
Where GAAP specifically excludes mortgage insurance we follow general industry practices.  We are required to apply significant 
judgment and make material estimates in the preparation of our financial statements and with regard to various accounting, reporting 
and disclosure matters.  Assumptions and estimates are required to apply these principles where actual measurement is not possible 
or practical.  These critical accounting policies and estimates are summarized below.

Revenue Recognition 

In the MI industry, a "book" is a group of loans that an MI company insures in a particular period, normally a calendar year.  
We set premiums at the time a policy is issued based on our expectations regarding likely performance over the term of coverage.  
The policies we write are guaranteed renewable contracts at the policyholder's option on a single, annual or monthly premium basis.  
We generally have no ability to re-underwrite or reprice these contracts.  Premiums written on a single premium basis and an annual 
premium basis are initially deferred as unearned premium reserve and earned over the policy term commencing in the month coverage 
begins.  Premiums written on policies covering more than one year are amortized over the policy life in accordance with the expiration 
of risk which is the anticipated claim payment pattern based on industry experience.  Premiums written on annual policies are earned 
on a monthly pro rata basis.  Premiums written on monthly policies are earned as coverage is provided.  Premiums written on pool 
transactions are earned over the period that coverage is provided.  Upon cancellation of a policy, all premium that is non-refundable 
is immediately earned.  Any refundable premium is returned to the policyholder.  Premiums returned to policyholders are recorded 
as a reduction of written and earned premiums in the current period, which affects premiums written and earned in those periods.

Reserve for Claims and Claim Adjustment Expenses

We wrote our first MI policy in April 2013.  We do not anticipate a material level of claims (relative to written premiums 
or stockholder equity) in the first few years of our operations.  Our practice is to establish claim reserves only for loans in default.  
We do not consider a loan to be in default for claim reserve purposes until we receive notice from the servicer that a borrower has 
failed to make two consecutive regularly scheduled payments and is at least sixty days in default.  Default is defined in our master 
policy as the failure by a borrower to pay when due an amount equal to the scheduled mortgage payment due under the terms of a 
loan or the failure by a borrower to pay all amounts due under a loan after the exercise of the due on sale clause of such loan.  In 
addition to reserves on reported defaults, we establish reserves for estimated claims incurred on loans that have been in default for 
at least sixty days that have not yet been reported to us by the servicers, often referred to as IBNR.

Consistent with industry accounting practices, for purposes of establishing claim reserves,  we adhere to the general claim 
reserving principles contained in ASC Topic 944, Financial Services - Insurance ("ASC 944"), even though that standard expressly 
excludes mortgage insurance from its guidance. Like other mortgage insurers, we will not establish claim reserves for anticipated 
future claims on insured loans that are not currently in default.

The  establishment  of  claim  and  IBNR  reserves  is  subject  to  inherent  uncertainty  and  requires  significant  judgment  by 
management.  We establish claim reserves using our best estimates of claim rates, i.e., the percent of loan defaults that ultimately 
result in claim payments, and claim amounts, i.e., the dollar amounts required to settle claims, to estimate the ultimate claims on 
loans reported to us as being at least sixty days in default as of the end of each reporting period.  We estimate IBNR by analyzing 

64

 
 
 
 
historical lags in default reporting to determine a specific number of IBNR claims in each reporting period.  Our actuary utilizes 
internal and external data to estimate lags in notice of default reporting.  Additionally, our estimates of claim rates and claim sizes 
are  strongly  influenced  by  prevailing  economic  conditions,  for  example  current  rates  or  trends  in  unemployment,  house  price 
appreciation and/or interest rates, and our best judgment as to the future values or trends of these macroeconomic factors. 

Fair Value Measurements 

The following describes the valuation techniques used by us to determine the fair value of financial instruments held as 

of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

We established a fair value hierarchy by prioritizing the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  The 
hierarchy  gives  the  highest  priority  to  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  (Level  1 
measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).  The three levels of the fair value hierarchy 
under this standard are described below:

•  Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that are accessible at the measurement 

date for identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2 - Prices or valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets 

and liabilities; and

•  Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities 
include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or 
similar  techniques,  as  well  as  instruments  for  which  the  determination  of  fair  value  requires  significant  management 
judgment or estimation.

The level of market activity used to determine the fair value hierarchy is based on the availability of observable inputs 

market participants would use to price an asset or a liability, including market value price observations.

Assets classified as Level 1 and Level 2

To determine the fair value of securities available-for-sale in Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, independent 
pricing sources have been utilized.  One price is provided per security based on observable market data.  To ensure securities are 
appropriately classified in the fair value hierarchy, we review the pricing techniques and methodologies of the independent pricing 
sources and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity, either based on specific transactions for the issue 
valued or based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality, duration, yield and structure that were recently traded.  A 
variety of inputs are utilized by the independent pricing sources including benchmark yields, reported trades, non-binding broker/
dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including data published 
in market research publications. Inputs may be weighted differently for any security, and not all inputs are used for each security 
evaluation.    Market  indicators,  industry  and  economic  events  are  also  considered.    This  information  is  evaluated  using  a 
multidimensional pricing model. Quality controls are performed by the independent pricing sources throughout this process, 
which include reviewing tolerance reports, trading information and data changes, and directional moves compared to market 
moves.  This model combines all inputs to arrive at a value assigned to each security.  We have not made any adjustments to the 
prices obtained from the independent pricing sources; however, we do perform quality checks and review the prices received.

Liabilities classified as Level 3

Our outstanding warrants are valued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, in combination with a binomial model.  
We use a Monte-Carlo simulation model to value the pricing protection features within the warrants. Variables in the model 
include the risk-free rate of return, dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility of the Company's stock price. 

ASC 825, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires all entities to disclose the fair value of their 
financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to 
estimate fair value.

65

 
Investment Portfolio

We classify our entire investment portfolio as available-for-sale and report it at fair value.  The related unrealized gains or 
losses, after considering the related tax expense or benefit, are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income 
in stockholders' equity.  We expect to hold short-term investments with maturities of greater than three and less than 12 months when 
purchased, and such investments will be carried at fair value. Any realized gains and losses on sales of investments are determined 
on a specific-identification basis.  We expect that our investment income will consist primarily of interest.  We plan to recognize 
interest income on an accrual basis.  Net investment income would represent interest income, net of investment expenses.

The guidance regarding the recognition and presentation of OTTI requires that an OTTI of a debt security be separated into 
two components when there are credit-related losses associated with the impaired debt security for which we assert that we do not 
have the intent to sell the security and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell the security before recovery of 
our cost basis.  Under this guidance, the amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in earnings, and the amount of the 
OTTI related to other factors (such as changes in interest rates or market conditions) is recorded as a component of other comprehensive 
income (loss).  In instances where no credit loss exists but it is more likely than not that we would have to sell the debt security prior 
to the anticipated recovery, the decline in fair value below amortized cost is recognized as an OTTI in earnings.  In periods after 
recognition of an OTTI on debt securities, we plan to account for such securities as if they had been purchased on the measurement 
date of the OTTI at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings.  For 
debt securities for which OTTI are recognized in earnings, the difference between the new amortized cost basis and the cash flows 
expected to be collected would be accreted or amortized into net investment income. 

Each fiscal quarter we perform reviews of our investments in order to determine whether declines in fair value below 
amortized cost are considered other-than-temporary in accordance with applicable guidance.  Under the current guidance, a debt 
security impairment is deemed other-than-temporary if either it is intended that the security be sold or it is more likely than not that 
we would be required to sell the security before recovery or we do not expect to collect cash flows sufficient to recover the amortized 
cost basis of the security.  In evaluating whether a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, we may consider several factors 
including, but not limited to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our intent to sell the security and whether it is more likely than not that we would be required to sell the security before 
recovery;

extent and duration of the decline;

failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

change in rating below investment grade; and

adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry or a geographic area.

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs 

Costs  directly  associated  with  the  successful  acquisition  of  mortgage  insurance  policies,  consisting  of  employee 
compensation and other policy issuance and underwriting expenses, are initially deferred and reported as deferred insurance policy 
acquisition costs.  Deferred insurance policy acquisition costs arising from each book of business are charged against revenue in 
relation to the anticipated recognition of premiums.

If a premium deficiency exists, we reduce the related deferred insurance policy acquisition costs by the amount of the 
deficiency or to zero through a charge to current period earnings.  If the deficiency is more than the deferred insurance policy 
acquisition costs balance, we then establish a premium deficiency reserve equal to the excess, by means of a charge to current period 
earnings.

Premium Deficiency Reserve 

We perform a premium deficiency calculation each fiscal quarter using best estimate assumptions as of the testing date.  
Per ASC 944, a premium deficiency reserve shall be recognized if the sum of expected claim costs and claim adjustment expenses, 
expected dividends to policyholders, unamortized acquisition costs, and maintenance costs exceeds related unearned premiums.  The 
calculation of premium deficiency reserves requires the use of significant judgment and estimates to determine the present value of 
future premiums and present value of expected claims and expenses on our business.  The present value of future premiums relies 
on, among other things, assumptions about persistency and repayment patterns on underlying loans.  The present value of expected 
claims and expenses depends on assumptions relating to severity of claims, claim rates on current defaults and expected defaults in 
future periods.  These assumptions may also include an estimate of expected rescission activity.  Assumptions used in calculating 
premium deficiency reserves can be affected by volatility in the current housing and mortgage lending industries.  To the extent 

66

 
 
 
 
premium patterns and actual claim experience differ from the assumptions used in calculating a premium deficiency reserve, the 
differences between the actual results and our estimate will affect future period earnings.  In considering the potential sensitivity of 
the factors underlying our best estimate of premium deficiency reserves, it is possible that even a relatively small change in estimated 
claim rate or a relatively small percentage change in estimated claim amount could have a significant impact on establishing a 
premium deficiency reserve, should one be needed, and, correspondingly, on our operating results.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. The liability 
method measures the expected future tax effects of temporary differences at the enacted tax rates applicable for the period in which 
the deferred asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of an 
asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated financial statements that would result in future increases or decreases 
in taxes owed on a cash basis compared to amounts already recognized as tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations. 
We evaluate the need for a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. In the course of our review, we assess 
all available evidence, both positive and negative, including future sources of income, tax planning strategies, future contractual cash 
flows and reversing temporary differences. Additional valuation allowance benefits or charges could be recognized in the future due 
to changes in management's expectations regarding the realization of tax benefits.

  Warrants

We account for warrants to purchase our common shares in accordance with ASC 470-20 Debt with Conversion and Other 
Options and ASC 815-40 Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity's Own Equity.  Our outstanding warrants may be settled by 
us using either (i) a physical settlement method or (ii) cashless exercise, where shares that are issued upon exercise of the warrants 
are reduced to cover the cost of the exercise, in lieu of the holder remitting a cash payment of the exercise price.  The warrants expire 
after the 10th anniversary of the dates they were issued, after which they are not exercisable.  The exercise price and the number of 
warrants are subject to anti-dilution provisions whereby the existing exercise price is adjusted downward, and the number of warrants 
increased, for events that may not be dilutive.  The adjustment may be in excess of any dilution suffered.  As a result, the warrants 
are classified as a liability.  We revalue the warrants at the end of each reporting period and any change in fair value is reported in 
the statements of operations in the period in which the change occurred.  The fair value of the warrants is calculated using a Black-
Scholes option-pricing model in combination with a binomial model.  We use a Monte Carlo simulation model to value the pricing 
protection features within the warrants.  Variables in the model include the fair value of the stock, risk-free rate of return, dividend 
yield, expected life and expected volatility of the Company's stock price.

Share-Based Compensation

We adopted ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation ("ASC 718").  ASC 718 addresses accounting for share-based 
awards and recognizes compensation expense, measured using grant date fair value, over the requisite service or performance period 
of the award.  Share-based payments include stock options and RSU grants under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.  The fair value of 
stock option grants issued are determined based on an option pricing model which takes into account various assumptions that are 
subjective.  Key assumptions used in the stock option valuation include the fair value of the stock on the grant date, the expected 
term of the equity award taking into account the contractual term of the award, the effects of expected exercise and post-vesting 
termination behavior, expected volatility, expected dividends and the risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the award.  RSU 
grants to employees contain a market and service condition. The fair value of RSU grants to employees prior to our IPO was determined 
using a Monte Carlo Simulation model at the date of grant. Following the IPO, fair value was determined based on closing price on 
the grant date.  Restricted grants to non-employee directors are valued at our stock price on the date of grant less the present value 
of anticipated dividends. Expense is recognized over the required service period, which is generally a three-year vesting period for 
the options (vesting in one-third increments per year).

The estimated grant date fair values of the stock options granted during 2014 and 2013 were calculated using the Black-

Scholes valuation model based on the following assumptions:

Expected life

Risk free interest rate

Dividend yield

Expected stock price volatility
Projected forfeiture rate

2014

2013

6.0 years

6.0 years

1.90% - 2.01%

0.98% - 1.12%

0.00%

39.00%
5.00%

0.00%

39.00%
1.00%

67

 
 
 
 
 
Expected Life - is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding giving consideration 
to vesting schedules, historical exercise and forfeiture patterns. We use the simplified method outlined in SEC Staff Accounting 
Bulletin No. 107 to estimate expected lives for options granted during the period as historical exercise data is not available and the 
options meet the requirements set out in the Bulletin. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years. 

Risk Free Interest Rate - is the U.S. Treasury rate for the date of the grant having a term approximating the expected life of 

the option. 

Dividend Yield - is calculated by dividing the expected annual dividend by our stock price at the valuation date. 

Expected Stock Price Volatility - is a measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. At 
the time of grant, our common share trading history was less than six months, which was not sufficient to calculate an expected 
volatility representative of the volatility over the expected lives of the options. As a substitute for such estimate, we used historical 
volatilities of a set of comparable companies in the industry in which we operate.

Projected Forfeiture Rate - is the estimated percentage of options granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before 

becoming fully vested. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.

Restricted Stock Units

The estimated grant date fair values of the RSUs granted in 2012 that are subject to both a market and service condition 
were calculated using a Monte Carlo Simulation model based on the average outcome of 150,000 simulations using the following 
assumptions:

Expected life

Risk free interest rate

Dividend yield

Expected stock price volatility

Projected forfeiture rate

2012

5 years

0.86%

0.00%

39.00%

1.00%

In February 2013, the Board approved a modification to the vesting terms of approximately 400,000 granted and non-vested 
RSUs held by our employees. The modification to the vesting terms removed the market condition leaving the RSUs subject to a 
service  condition  only. The  modification  resulted  in  a  change  in  the  period  over  which  compensation  costs  are  recognized  and 
prospective recognition of incremental compensation cost. Incremental compensation cost is measured as the excess of the fair value 
of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately before its terms are modified using relevant valuation 
inputs as of the modification date.

68

 
 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We own and manage a large portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities.   Investment income is one of our primary 
sources of cash flow supporting operations and claim payments.  The assets within the investment portfolio are exposed to the same 
factors  that  affect  overall  financial  market  performance.   While  our  investment  portfolio  is  exposed  to  factors  affecting  global 
companies and markets worldwide, because the company insures loans only in the U.S., it is most sensitive to fluctuations in the 
drivers of U.S. markets.  

We manage market risk via a defined investment policy implemented by our treasury function with oversight from our 
Board's Risk Committee.  Important drivers of our market risk exposure monitored and managed by us include but are not limited 
to:

•  Changes to the level of interest rates.  Increasing interest rates may reduce the value of certain fixed-rate bonds held in the 
investment portfolio.  Higher rates may cause variable rate assets to generate additional income.  Decreasing rates will have 
the reverse impact.  Significant changes in interest rates can also affect persistency and claim rates to the extent that the 
investment portfolio must be restructured to better align it with future liabilities and claim payments.  Such restructuring 
may cause investments to be liquidated when market conditions are adverse.

•  Changes to the term structure of interest rates.  Rising or falling rates typically change by different amounts along the yield 

curve.  These changes may have unforeseen impacts on the value of certain assets.  

•  Market volatility/changes in the real or perceived credit quality of investments.  Deterioration in the quality of investments, 
identified through changes to our own or third party (e.g., rating agency) assessments, will reduce the value and potentially 
the liquidity of investments.

•  Concentration Risk.  If the investment portfolio is highly concentrated in one asset, or in multiple assets whose values are 
highly correlated, the value of the total portfolio may be greatly affected by the change in value of just one asset or a group 
of highly correlated assets. 

•  Prepayment Risk.  Bonds may have call provisions that permit debtors to repay prior to maturity when it is to their advantage.  

This typically occurs when rates fall below the interest rate of the debt.

The carrying value of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $337 million and $409 million, 
respectively, of which 100% was invested in fixed maturity securities.  The primary market risk to our investment portfolio is interest 
rate risk associated with investments in fixed maturity securities.  We mitigate the market risk associated with our fixed maturity 
securities portfolio by matching the duration of our fixed maturity securities with the expected duration of the liabilities that those 
securities are intended to support.

At December 31, 2014, the duration of our fixed income portfolio, including cash and cash equivalents, was 2.81 years, 
which means that an instantaneous parallel shift (movement up or down) in the yield curve of 100 basis points would result in a 
change of 2.81% in fair value of our fixed income portfolio.  Excluding cash, our fixed income portfolio duration was 3.32 years, 
which means that an instantaneous parallel shift (movement up or down) in the yield curve of 100 basis points would result in a 
change of 3.32% in fair value of our fixed income portfolio.

69

 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - BDO USA LLP

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2014

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

71

72

73

74

75

76

70

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders
NMI Holdings, Inc.
Emeryville, CA

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NMI Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the 
related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years 
in the period ended December 31, 2014. In connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also audited the financial 
statement schedules listed in the accompanying index. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company's 
management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal 
control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing 
audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of 
the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, 
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedules.  
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of NMI Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years 
in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements 
taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

San Francisco, CA.

February 19, 2015

71

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Assets

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

(In Thousands, except for share data)

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $337,718 and
$416,135 as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively)

$

336,501

$

Cash and cash equivalents

Premiums receivable

Accrued investment income

Prepaid expenses

Deferred policy acquisition costs, net

Software and equipment, net

Intangible assets and goodwill

Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Unearned premiums

Reserve for insurance claims and claim expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Warrant liability, at fair value

Deferred tax liability

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' equity

Common stock - class A shares, $0.01 par value;
58,428,548 and 58,052,480 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014
and December 31, 2013, respectively (250,000,000 shares authorized)

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

Accumulated deficit

Total shareholders' equity

$

$

103,021

1,048

1,707

2,054

2,985

11,806

3,634

509

22,069

$

83

10,646

3,372

137

36,307

584

562,911
(3,607)
(132,930)
426,958

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

463,265

$

409,088

55,929

19

2,001

1,519

90

8,876

3,634

63

1,446

—

10,052

6,371

133

18,002

581

553,707

(7,047)

(84,024)

463,217

481,219

463,265

$

481,219

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

72

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Revenues

Premiums written

Direct

Net premiums written

Increase in unearned premiums

Net premiums earned

Net investment income

Net realized investment gains

Gain (loss) from change in fair value of warrant liability

Gain from settlement of warrants

Total revenues

Expenses

Insurance claims and claims expenses
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

Underwriting and operating expenses

Total expenses

Loss before income taxes

Income tax benefit

Net loss

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Net unrealized holding gains (losses) for the period included in
accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax expense of
$2,390, $0 and $0 for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2014, respectively

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Total comprehensive loss

Loss per share

Basic and diluted loss per share

For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In Thousands, except for share data)

$

34,029

$

3,541

$

34,029
(20,622)
13,407

5,618

197

2,949

37

22,208

83
373

73,044

73,500
(51,292)
(2,386)
(48,906)

3,541
(1,446)
2,095

4,808

186
(1,529)
—

5,560

—
1

60,743

60,744
(55,184)
—
(55,184)

—

—

—

—

6

—

278

—

284

—
—

27,775

27,775

(27,491)

—

(27,491)

3,440

3,440
(45,466) $

(7,047)
(7,047)
(62,231) $

1

1

(27,490)

(0.84) $

(0.99) $

(0.73)

$

$

Weighted average common shares outstanding

58,281,425

56,005,326

37,909,936

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

73

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Common Stock

Class A

Class B

Additional
Paid-in Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Accumulated
Deficit

Total

(In Thousands)

Balances, January 1, 2012

$                 * $

— $

— $

— $

(1,349) $

(1,349)

Issuance of class A shares of
common stock

Issuance of class B shares of
common stock

Issuance of common stock
related to acquisition of
subsidiaries

Share-based compensation
expense

Change in unrealized investment
gains/losses, net of tax of $0

Net loss

551

—

2

—

—

—

Balances, December 31, 2012

553

Common stock: class A shares
issued under stock plans, net of
shares withheld for employee
taxes

Common stock: class A shares
issued related to initial public
offering (net of expenses of
$3,483)

Conversion of class B shares of
common stock into Class A
shares of common stock

Share-based compensation
expense

Change in unrealized investment
gains/losses, net of tax of $0

Net loss

Balances, December 31, 2013

Common stock: class A shares
issued related to warrants
Common stock: class A shares
issued under stock plans, net of
shares withheld from employee
taxes

Share-based compensation
expense

Change in unrealized investment
gains/losses, net of tax of $2,390

Net loss

1

25

2

—

—

—

581

**

3

—

—

—

—

2

—

—

—

—

2

—

—

508,419

—

2,498

6,115

—

—

517,032

(1,579)

27,887

(2)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

10,367

—

—

553,707

13

11

9,180

—

—

Balances, December 31, 2014

$

584 $

— $

562,911 $

—

—

—

—

1

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

508,970

2

2,500

6,115

—
(27,491)
(28,840)

1

(27,491)

488,748

—

—

—

—

(7,048)
—
(7,047)

—
(55,184)
(84,024)

—

—

—

—

—

—

3,440

—
(3,607) $

—
(48,906)
(132,930) $

(1,578)

27,912

—

10,367

(7,048)

(55,184)

463,217

13

14

9,180

3,440

(48,906)

426,958

* 

** 

At inception, we issued 100 common shares with a par value of $0.01 to FBR & Co. in consideration of their investment of $1 in the 
Company, which are not visible in this schedule due to rounding.

During 2014, we issued 1,115 common shares with a par value of $0.01 related to the exercise of warrants, which is not identifiable 
in this schedule due to rounding.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

74

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
activities:

Net realized investment gains
(Gain) loss from change in fair value of warrant liability
Gain from settlement of warrants
Depreciation and other amortization
Share-based compensation expense
Noncash intraperiod tax allocation
Warrants issued in connection with line of credit
Loss on impairment
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accrued investment income
Premiums receivable
Prepaid expenses
Deferred policy acquisition costs, net
Other assets
Unearned premiums
Reserve for insurance claims and claims expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Net cash used in operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of short-term investments
Purchase of fixed-maturity investments, available-for-sale
Proceeds from maturity of short-term investments
Proceeds from redemptions, maturities and sale of fixed-maturity
investments, available-for-sale
Purchase of software and equipment
Acquisition of subsidiaries

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities

Payments on line of credit
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards
Issuance of common stock

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

Restricted cash
Noncash financing activities

Conversion of class B shares of common stock into class A shares of
common stock
Acquisition of subsidiaries

Warrants issued in connection with acquisition of subsidiaries
Common stock issued in connection with acquisition of subsidiaries

For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

(In Thousands)

$

(48,906) $

(55,184) $

(27,491)

(197)
(2,949)
(37)
8,080
9,180
(2,386)
—
—

294
(1,029)
(535)
(2,895)
(446)
20,622
83
117
(21,004)

—
(60,462)
—

136,764
(8,220)
—
68,082

—
(1,083)
1,097
14

(186)
1,529
—
8,116
10,367
—
—
—

(2,001)
(19)
(1,102)
(90)
46
1,446
—
767
(36,311)

(510)
(559,875)
5,374

141,754
(6,692)
—
(419,949)

—
(1,578)
27,912
26,334

47,092
55,929
103,021

$

(429,926)
485,855
55,929

$

—
(278)
—
3
6,115
—
1,620
1,200

(6)
—
(234)
—
(78)
—
—
4,553
(14,596)

(4,862)
—
—

—
(2,447)
(2,500)
(9,809)

(205)
—
510,465
510,260

485,855
—
485,855

— $

— $

40,338

—

—
—

2

—
—

—

3,500
2,500

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

75

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

NMIH is a Delaware corporation, formed in May 2011, to provide mortgage insurance through its wholly owned insurance 
subsidiaries, NMIC and Re One.  In April 2012, we completed a private placement of our securities, through which we offered and 
sold an aggregate of 55,000,000 of our Class A common shares resulting in net proceeds of approximately $510 million (the "Private 
Placement"), and we completed the acquisition of our insurance subsidiaries for $8.5 million in cash, common stock and warrants, 
plus the assumption of $1.3 million in liabilities.  In April 2013, NMIC, our primary insurance subsidiary, wrote our first mortgage 
insurance policy.

Under the terms of the Private Placement, we were required to obtain approvals from the GSEs by January 17, 2013.   Freddie 
Mac and Fannie Mae approved NMIC as an eligible mortgage insurer, on January 15, 2013 and January 16, 2013, respectively, which 
approvals are conditioned upon NMIC  maintaining certain conditions (the "GSE Approval").  For a further discussion of these 
conditions, see "Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies."

In November 2013, we completed an initial public offering of 2.4 million shares of our common stock, and our common 
stock began trading on the NASDAQ on November 8, 2013, under the symbol "NMIH."  For a further discussion, see "Note 12, 
Common Stock Offerings." 

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of NMIH and its wholly owned subsidiaries.  All 
inter-company transactions have been eliminated.  These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("GAAP") and our accounts are maintained in US dollars.  The preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities, as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date.  Estimates also affect the reported 
amounts of income and expenses for the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2. Summary of Accounting Principles

Revenue Recognition 

In the mortgage insurance industry, a "book" is a group of loans that an MI company insures in a particular period, normally 
a calendar year.  We set premiums at the time a policy is issued based on our expectations regarding likely performance over the 
term of coverage.  The policies we write are guaranteed renewable contracts at the policyholder's option.  Premiums may be paid to 
us on a single, annual or monthly basis.  Premiums written on a single premium basis and an annual premium basis are initially 
deferred as unearned premium reserve and earned over the policy term commencing in the month coverage is effective.  Premiums 
written on policies covering more than one year are amortized over the policy life in accordance with the expiration of risk, which 
is the anticipated claim payment pattern based on industry experience.  Premiums written on annual policies are earned on a monthly 
pro rata basis.  Premiums written on monthly policies are earned as coverage is provided.  Premiums written on pool transactions 
are earned over the period that coverage is provided.  Upon cancellation of a policy, all premium that is non-refundable is immediately 
earned and any refundable premium is returned to the policyholder.  Premiums returned to policyholders are recorded as a reduction 
of written and earned premiums in the current period.  The actual return of premium for all periods affects premiums written and 
earned in those periods.  

For the year ended December 31, 2014, two customers represented a material portion of our revenues.  At December 31, 
2014, approximately 18% of our total RIF was concentrated in California.  Our RIF and customer concentrations are not representative 
of those concentrations that we believe will exist when our insurance portfolio is more mature. 

Reserves for Insurance Claims and Claims Expenses

Consistent with industry accounting practices, for purposes of establishing claim reserves, we adhere to the general claim 
reserving principles contained in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 944, 
Financial Services - Insurance ("ASC 944"), even though that standard expressly excludes mortgage insurance from its guidance.  
However, and consistent with our industry, we do not establish claim reserves for anticipated future claims on insured loans that are 
not currently in default.  We do not consider a loan to be in default for claim reserve purposes until we receive notice from the servicer 
that a borrower has failed to make two consecutive regularly scheduled payments and is at least 60 days in default.  In addition to 
reserves on reported defaults, we establish reserves for estimated claims incurred on loans that have been in default for at least 60 
days that have not yet been reported to us by the servicers, often referred to as IBNR.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Investments

We have designated our investment portfolio as available-for-sale and report it at fair value.  The related unrealized gains 
and losses are, after considering the related tax expense or benefit, recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive 
(loss) income in shareholders' equity.  Net realized investment gains and losses are reported in income based upon specific identification 
of securities sold.

Purchases and sales of investments are recorded on a trade date basis.  Net investment income is recognized when earned 
and includes interest and dividend income together with amortization of market premiums and discounts using the effective yield 
method and is net of investment management fees and other investment related expenses.  For asset-backed securities and any other 
holdings for which there is a prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised as necessary.  Any adjustments 
required due to the change in effective yields and maturities are recognized on a prospective basis through yield adjustments.

Each quarter, we evaluate our investments in order to determine whether declines in fair value below amortized cost were 
considered other-than-temporary in accordance with applicable guidance.  Under the current guidance, a debt security impairment 
is deemed other-than-temporary if (i) we either intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell 
the security before recovery or (ii) we do not expect to collect cash flows sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. 
In evaluating whether a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, we consider several factors including, but not limited to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery;

severity and duration of the decline in fair value;

the financial condition of the issuer;

the failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer below investment grade; and

adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area.

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

Costs directly associated with the successful acquisition of mortgage insurance policies, consisting of certain selling expenses 
and other policy issuance and underwriting expenses, are initially deferred and reported as deferred  policy acquisition costs ("DAC").  
For each book year of business, these costs are amortized to expense in relation to the anticipated recognition of premiums.

Premium Deficiency Reserves

We consider whether a premium deficiency exists at each fiscal quarter using best estimate assumptions as of the testing 
date. Per ASC 944, a premium deficiency reserve shall be recognized if the sum of expected claim costs and claim adjustment 
expenses,  expected  dividends  to  policyholders,  unamortized  acquisition  costs,  and  maintenance  costs  exceeds  related  unearned 
premiums and anticipated investment income.  We have determined that no premium deficiency reserves were necessary for each 
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. The liability 
method measures the expected future tax effects of temporary differences at the enacted tax rates applicable for the period in which 
the deferred asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Temporary differences are differences between the tax basis of an 
asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated financial statements that would result in future increases or decreases 
in taxes owed on a cash basis compared to amounts already recognized as tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

Warrants

We account for warrants to purchase our common shares in accordance with ASC 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other 
Options and ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity's Own Equity. Our outstanding warrants may be settled by 
us using either (i) physical settlement method or (ii) cashless exercise, where shares that are issued upon exercise of the warrants 
are reduced, to cover the cost of the exercise, in lieu of the holder remitting a cash payment of the exercise price. The warrants expire 
and are not exercisable after the 10th anniversary of the date the warrant was issued. The exercise price and the number of warrants 
are subject to anti-dilution provisions whereby the existing exercise price is adjusted downward, and the number of warrants increased, 
for events that may not be dilutive. The adjustment may be in excess of any dilution suffered. As a result, the warrants are classified 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as a liability. We revalue the warrants at the end of each reporting period, and any change in fair value is reported in the statements 
of operations in the period in which the change occurred. We calculate the fair value of the warrants using a Black-Scholes option-
pricing model in combination with a binomial model, and we value the pricing protection features of the warrants using a Monte 
Carlo simulation model.

Share-Based Compensation

We account for stock compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation. This addresses 
accounting for share-based awards and recognition of compensation expense, measured using grant date fair value, over the requisite 
service or performance period of the award.  Share-based payments include restricted stock units ("RSUs") and stock option grants 
under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. We determine the fair value of issued stock option grants using an option pricing model, which 
takes into account various assumptions that are subjective. Key assumptions used in the stock option valuation include the expected 
term of the equity award, taking into account the contractual term of the award, the effects of expected exercise and post-vesting 
termination behavior, expected volatility, expected dividends and the risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the award. RSU 
grants to employees contain a market condition and/or service condition. The fair value of RSU grants to employees with a market 
condition is determined based on a Monte Carlo simulation model at the date of grant. RSU grants to employees with a service 
condition and RSU grants to non-employee directors are valued at our stock price on the date of grant less the present value of 
anticipated dividends.

Earnings per Share

Basic net loss per share is based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, while diluted net loss per 
share is based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents that would be issuable 
upon the exercise of stock options, other stock-based compensation arrangements, and the dilutive effect of outstanding warrants. 
As a result of our net losses for the each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, 5,839,909 shares, 5,303,394 
shares, and 4,414,165 shares of our common stock equivalents issued under stock-based compensation arrangements and warrants, 
respectively, were not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share as of such dates because they were anti-dilutive.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider items such as certificates of deposit and money market funds with original maturities of 90 days or less to be 

cash equivalents.  The Company did not have any restricted cash as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Software and Equipment

Certain costs associated with the development of internal-use software are capitalized.  Software and equipment are stated 
at cost, less accumulated amortization and depreciation. Once the software is ready for its intended use, amortization and depreciation 
are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets ranging typically from 3 to 7 
years,  unless  factors  indicate  a  shorter  useful  life.   Amortization  of  software  and  depreciation  of  equipment  commences  at  the 
beginning of the month following our placement of the assets into use.  For further detail, see "Note 9, Software and Equipment."

Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired from a business 
combination.  In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, we test goodwill for impairment during the third 
quarter each year, or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist.  We have not identified any impairments of goodwill 
through December 31, 2014.

Our intangible assets consist of state licenses and GSE applications which have indefinite lives. We test indefinite-lived 
intangible assets for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment 
exist. We do not believe that the indefinite-lived intangible assets were impaired as of December 31, 2014. 

Premiums receivable

Premiums receivable consist of premiums due on our mortgage insurance policies.  If mortgage insurance premiums are unpaid for 
more than 120 days, the receivable is written off against earned premium and the related insurance policy is canceled.

Recent Accounting Standards Updates Adopted

In August 2014, the FASB issued an update that requires an entity's management to evaluate whether there is substantial 
doubt about that entity's ability to continue as a going concern and, if so, disclose that fact.  An entity's management will also be 

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

required to evaluate and disclose whether its plans alleviate that doubt.  The guidance is effective for annual periods ending after 
December 15, 2016 and for interim and annual periods thereafter.  We do not expect the adoption of this update to have a material 
effect on the presentation of our financial statements and notes therein.

Reclassifications

Certain items in the financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and for the periods ending December 31, 2013 and 
December 31, 2012 have been reclassified to conform to the current period's presentation.  There was no effect on net income or 
shareholders' equity previously reported.

Subsequent Events

We have considered subsequent events through the date of this filing.

3. Investments

Fair Values and Gross Unrealized Gains and Losses on Investments

As of December 31, 2014

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of
U.S. government agencies

Municipal debt securities

Corporate debt securities

Asset-backed securities

Total investments

As of December 31, 2013

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of
U.S. government agencies

Municipal debt securities

Corporate debt securities

Asset-backed securities

Total investments

Scheduled Maturities

Amortized
Cost

Gross Unrealized

Gains

Losses

(In Thousands)

Fair
Value

68,911

$

12,009

200,358

56,440

$

7

27

883

222

337,718

$

1,139

$

(573) $
(73)
(1,456)
(254)
(2,356) $

68,345

11,963

199,785

56,408

336,501

Amortized
Cost

Gross Unrealized

Gains

Losses

(In Thousands)

Fair
Value

108,067

$

— $

12,017

221,899

74,152

416,135

$

1

157

114

272

$

(1,461) $
(85)
(4,799)
(974)
(7,319) $

106,606

11,933

217,257

73,292

409,088

$

$

$

$

The amortized cost and fair values of available for sale securities at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown 
below.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations 
with or without call or prepayment penalties.  Because most asset-backed securities provide for periodic payments throughout their 
lives, they are listed below in separate categories.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2014

Due in one year or less

Due after one through five years

Due after five through ten years

Due after ten years

Asset-backed securities

Total investments

As of December 31, 2013

Due in one year or less

Due after one through five years

Due after five through ten years

Due after ten years

Asset-backed securities

Total investments

Aging of Unrealized Losses

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

(In Thousands)

6,110

$

195,492

54,360

25,316

56,440

6,125

194,472

53,891

25,605

56,408

337,718

$

336,501

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

(In Thousands)

— $

260,855

65,687

15,441

74,152

—

257,501

63,440

14,855

73,292

416,135

$

409,088

$

$

$

$

At December 31, 2014, the investment portfolio had gross unrealized losses of $2.4 million, $1.7 million of which has been 
in an unrealized loss position for a period of twelve months or greater.  We did not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily 
impaired as of December 31, 2014.  We based our conclusion that these investments were not other-than-temporarily impaired at 
December 31, 2014 on the following facts: (i) the unrealized losses were primarily caused by interest rate movements since the 
purchase date; (ii) we do not intend to sell these investments; and (iii) we do not believe that it is more likely than not that we will 
be required to sell these investments before recovery of our amortized cost basis, which may not occur until maturity.  For those 
securities in an unrealized loss position, the length of time the securities were in such a position is as follows:

Less Than 12 Months

12 Months or Greater

Total

# of

Securities Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

# of

Securities Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

# of

Securities Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

(Dollars in Thousands)

4 $

7,228 $

1

26

3

3,232

60,334

10,614

(33)

(18)

(559)

(57)

1

1,695

10 $ 49,884 $

(540)
(55)
(897)
(197)
4
37 $ 137,432 $ (1,689)

20,047

65,806

22

14 $ 57,112 $

(573)

2

48

7

4,927

(73)

126,140

(1,456)

30,661

(254)

71 $ 218,840 $ (2,356)

Less Than 12 Months

12 Months or Greater

Total

# of

Securities Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

# of

Securities Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

# of

Securities Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

(Dollars in Thousands)

Total investments

34 $ 81,408 $

(667)

19 $ 106,606 $ (1,461)

— $

— $

2

47

11

4,915

(85)

187,714

(4,799)

58,225

(974)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

19 $ 106,606 $ (1,461)

2

47

11

4,915

(85)

187,714

(4,799)

58,225

(974)

79 $ 357,460 $ (7,319)

Total investments

79 $ 357,460 $ (7,319)

— $

— $

80

As of December 31, 2014

U.S. Treasury securities and
obligations of U.S.
government agencies

Municipal debt securities

Corporate debt securities

Assets-backed securities

As of December 31, 2013

U.S. Treasury securities and
obligations of U.S.
government agencies

Municipal debt securities

Corporate debt securities

Assets-backed securities

 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Net Investment Income

Net investment income is comprised of the following:

Fixed maturities

Cash equivalents

Other

Investment income

Investment expenses
Net investment income

For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

(In Thousands)

2012

6,127

$

5,289

$

—

8

6,135
(517)
5,618

$

—

2

5,291
(483)
4,808

$

4

2

—

6

—
6

$

$

Gross realized gains were $0.7 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  
Gross realized losses were $0.5 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  There were 
no realized investment gains or losses for the year ended December 31, 2012.

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were approximately $7.0 million of cash and investments in the 

form of U.S. Treasury securities on deposit with various state insurance departments to satisfy regulatory requirements.

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following describes the valuation techniques used by us to determine the fair value of financial instruments held at 

December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

We established a fair value hierarchy by prioritizing the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The 
hierarchy  gives  the  highest  priority  to  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  (Level  1 
measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy 
under this standard are described below:

Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that are accessible at the measurement 
date for identical assets or liabilities.  Financial assets utilizing Level 1 inputs are U.S. Treasury securities;

Level 2 - Prices or valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and 
liabilities.  Financial assets utilizing Level 2 inputs include certain obligations of U.S. government agencies, municipal and 
corporate debt securities and asset-backed securities; and

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities 
include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or 
similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment 
or estimation.  We value our warrant liability utilizing Level 3 inputs.

The level of market activity used to determine the fair value hierarchy is based on the availability of observable inputs 

market participants would use to price an asset or a liability, including market value price observations.

Assets classified as Level 1 and Level 2

To determine the fair value of securities available-for-sale in Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, independent 
pricing sources have been utilized. One price is provided per security based on observable market data.  To ensure securities are 
appropriately classified in the fair value hierarchy, we review the pricing techniques and methodologies of the independent pricing 
sources and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity, either based on specific transactions for the issue valued 
or based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality, duration, yield and structure that were recently traded.  A variety of 
inputs are utilized by the independent pricing sources including benchmark yields, reported trades, non-binding broker/dealer quotes, 
issuer spreads, two sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including data published in market research 
publications. Inputs may be weighted differently for any security, and not all inputs are used for each security evaluation. Market 
indicators, industry and economic events are also considered. This information is evaluated using a multidimensional pricing model.  
Quality controls are performed by the independent pricing sources throughout this process, which include reviewing tolerance reports, 

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

trading information and data changes, and directional moves compared to market moves. This model combines all inputs to arrive 
at a value assigned to each security.  We have not made any adjustments to the prices obtained from the independent pricing sources.  
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Liabilities classified as Level 3

We calculate the fair value of outstanding warrants using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model in combination with a 
binomial model, and we value the pricing protection features within the warrants using a Monte Carlo simulation.  Variables in the 
model include the risk-free rate of return, dividend yield, expected life and expected volatility of our stock price.

ASC 825, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires all entities to disclose the fair value of their 
financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to 
estimate fair value. 

The following is a list of those assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value by hierarchy level as of December 31, 

2014 and December 31, 2013:

As of December 31, 2014

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of
U.S. government agencies

Municipal debt securities

Corporate debt securities

Asset-backed securities

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Warrant liability

Total liabilities

As of December 31, 2013

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of
U.S. government agencies

Municipal debt securities

Corporate debt securities

Asset-backed securities

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Warrant liability

Total liabilities

Fair Value Measurements Using

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

(In Thousands)

$

$

$

$

39,176

$

29,169

$

— $

—

—

—

103,021

11,963

199,785

56,408

—

142,197

$

297,325

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

—

—

—

—

— $

3,372

3,372

$

$

Fair Value Measurements Using

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

(In Thousands)

$

$

$

$

49,484

$

57,122

$

— $

—

—

—

55,929

11,933

217,257

73,292

—

105,413

$

359,604

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

—

—

—

—

— $

6,371

6,371

$

$

Fair Value

68,345

11,963

199,785

56,408

103,021

439,522

3,372

3,372

Fair Value

106,606

11,933

217,257

73,292

55,929

465,017

6,371

6,371

82

 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following is a roll-forward of Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value for the year ended December 31, 2014:

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

Balance, January 1, 2014

Change in fair value of warrant liability included in earnings

Gain on settlement of warrants

Issuance of common stock on warrant exercise

Balance, December 31, 2014

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

Balance, January 1, 2013

Change in fair value of warrant liability included in earnings

Balance, December 31, 2013

Warrant Liability

(In Thousands)

6,371

(2,949)

(37)

(13)

3,372

Warrant Liability

(In Thousands)

4,842

1,529

6,371

$

$

$

$

We revalue the warrant liability quarterly using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, in combination with a binomial 
model, and we value the pricing protection features within the warrants using a Monte-Carlo simulation model.  As of December 
31, 2014, the assumptions used in the option pricing model were as follows: a common stock price as of December 31, 2014 of $9.13, 
risk free interest rate of 1.88%, expected life of 6.44 years, expected volatility of 37.4% and a dividend yield of 0%.  The change in 
fair value is primarily attributable to a decline in the price of our common stock from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014.

There were no transfers in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2014.

5. Reserves for Insurance Claims and Claims Expenses

We establish claim reserves to recognize the estimated liability for insurance claims and claim expenses related to defaults 
on insured mortgage loans. Our method, consistent with industry practice, is to establish claim reserves only for loans in default.   
Our claim reserves also include amounts for IBNR.  We received our first primary NOD in the second quarter of 2014.  For the year 
ended December 31, 2013, we had no claim or IBNR reserves.

Additionally, we entered into a pool insurance transaction with Fannie Mae, effective September 1, 2013.  We would only 
establish claim or IBNR reserves for this pool transaction, if we expect claims to exceed the transaction's deductible, which represents 
the amount of claims absorbed by Fannie Mae before we are obligated to pay any claims under the policy.  At December 31, 2014, 
thirty loans in the pool were past due by sixty days or more.  These thirty loans represent approximately $1.7 million in RIF.  Due 
to the size of the deductible ($10.3 million), the low level of NODs reported through December 31, 2014 and the high quality of the 
loans (all loans are less than 80% LTV), we have not established any pool reserves for claims or IBNR for the years ended December 31, 
2014 and December 31, 2013.

83

 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve balances for insurance claims and claims 

expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

Reserve at beginning of period

Claims incurred:

Claims and claim expenses incurred:

Current year

Prior years

Total claims incurred

Claims paid:

Claims and claim expenses paid:

Current year
Prior years

Total claims paid

Reserve at end of period

6. Warrants 

For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

$

(In Thousands)

— $

83

—

83

—
—

—

$

83

$

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

We issued 992,000 warrants in connection with our Private Placement.  Each warrant gave the holder thereof the right to 
purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price equal to $10.00.  The warrants were issued with an aggregate fair value of 
$5.1 million.

Upon exercise of these warrants, the amounts will be treated as additional paid-in capital.  During the first quarter of 2014, 
7,790 warrants were exercised and we issued 1,115 Class A common shares via a cashless exercise.  Upon exercise, we reclassified 
the fair value of the warrants from warrant liability to additional paid in capital and recognized a gain of approximately $37 thousand.  
No other warrants were exercised during 2014.

7. Share-Based Compensation

The 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") was approved by the Board on April 16, 2012 and authorized 5.5 million shares 
to be reserved for issuance under the Plan, with 3.85 million shares available for stock options and 1.65 million shares available for 
RSUs.  Options granted under the Plan are non-qualified stock options and may be granted to employees, directors and other key 
persons.  The exercise price per share for the common stock covered by this Plan shall be determined by the Board at the time of 
grant, but shall not be less than the fair market value, defined as the closing price of our common stock, on the date of the grant.  The 
term of the stock option grants will be established by the Board, but no stock option shall be exercisable more than ten years after 
the date the stock option is granted.  The vesting period of the stock option grants will also be established by the Board at the time 
of grant and generally is for a three-year period.  Upon the exercise of stock options, we issue shares from the authorized, unissued 
share reserve.

On May 8, 2014, NMIH held its annual shareholder meeting, at which our shareholders voted to approve the NMIH 2014 
Omnibus Incentive Plan, which authorizes us to make 4 million shares of NMIH's class A common stock available to be granted.  
These shares may be either authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

84

 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A summary of option activity in the plan during the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is as follows:

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

Shares

Options outstanding at December 31, 2013

Options granted

Options exercised

Options forfeited

Options expired

Options outstanding at December 31, 2014

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

Shares

Options outstanding at December 31, 2012

Options granted
Options forfeited

Options canceled

Options outstanding at December 31, 2013

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share

(Shares in Thousands)

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

3,062

$

780
(109)
(87)
(16)
3,630

$

3.98

4.85

3.85

4.47

4.25

4.16

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share

(Shares in Thousands)

2,547

$

532
(15)
(2)
3,062

$

3.86

4.57
3.84

3.84

3.98

$

$

$

$

10.31

12.03

10.00

11.35

10.93

10.66

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

10.00

11.78
10.00

10.00

10.31

As  of  December 31,  2014,  there  were  108,606  exercises  and  approximately  1,742,822  options  were  fully  vested  and 
exercisable.  The weighted average exercise price for the fully vested and exercisable options was $10.20. The remaining weighted 
average contractual life of options fully vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2014 was 7.5 years. The aggregate intrinsic value 
for fully vested and exercisable options was $0 as of December 31, 2014.

The remaining weighted average contractual life of options outstanding as of December 31, 2014 was 7.9 years. As of 
December 31,  2014,  there  was  $2.4  million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  non-vested  stock  options.   The 
weighted-average period over which total compensation related to non-vested stock options will be recognized is 1.28 years.

We account for stock options under ASC 718, which requires all share-based payments to be recognized in the financial 
statements at their fair values. To measure the fair value of stock options granted, we utilize the Black-Scholes options pricing model.  
Expense is recognized over the required service period, which is generally the three-year vesting period of the options (vesting in 
one-third increments per year).

The estimated grant date fair values of the stock options granted during 2014 and 2013 were calculated using the Black-

Scholes valuation model based on the following assumptions:

Expected life

Risk free interest rate

Dividend yield

Expected stock price volatility

Projected forfeiture rate

2014

2013

6 years

6 years

1.90% - 2.01%

0.98% - 1.12%

0.00%

39.00%

5.00%

0.00%

39.00%

1.00%

Expected Life - is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding giving consideration 
to vesting schedules, historical exercise and forfeiture patterns. We use the simplified method outlined in SEC Staff Accounting 
Bulletin No. 107 to estimate expected lives for options granted during the period as historical exercise data is not available and the 
options meet the requirements set out in the Bulletin. Options granted have a maximum term of ten years.

Risk-Free Interest Rate - is the U.S. Treasury rate for the date of the grant having a term approximating the expected life 

of the option.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Dividend Yield - is calculated by dividing the expected annual dividend by our stock price at the valuation date.

Expected Price Volatility - is a measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate. At the 
time of grant, our common shares trading history was  not sufficient to calculate an expected volatility representative of the volatility 
over the expected lives of the options. As a substitute for such estimate, we used historical volatilities of a set of comparable companies 
in the industry in which we operate.

Projected Forfeiture Rate - is the estimated percentage of options granted that are expected to be forfeited or canceled before 

becoming fully vested. An increase in the forfeiture rate will decrease compensation expense.

A summary of RSU activity in the plan during the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is as follows:

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

Non-vested restricted stock units at December 31, 2013

Restricted stock units granted

Restricted stock units vested

Restricted stock units forfeited
Non-vested restricted stock units at December 31, 2014

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

Non-vested restricted stock units at December 31, 2012

Restricted stock units granted

Restricted stock units vested

Restricted stock units forfeited

Non-vested restricted stock units at December 31, 2013

Shares

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share

(Shares in Thousands)

1,242

$

373
(360)
(46)
1,209

$

7.75

11.52

9.53

10.14
8.90

Shares

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share

(Shares in Thousands)

1,429

$

76
(263)
—

1,242

$

7.35

12.03

6.79

—

7.75

In February 2013, the Board approved a modification to the vesting terms of approximately 400,000 granted and non-vested 
RSUs held by our employees. The modification to the vesting terms removed the market condition leaving the RSUs subject to a 
service condition only.  The modification resulted in a change in the period over which compensation costs are recognized and 
prospective recognition of incremental compensation cost. Incremental compensation cost is measured as the excess of the fair value 
of the modified award over the fair value of the original award immediately before its terms are modified using relevant valuation 
inputs as of the modification date.

At December 31, 2014, the 1.2 million shares of granted and non-vested RSUs consisted of 0.5 million shares that are 
subject to both a market and service condition and 0.7 million shares that are subject only to service conditions. The non-vested 
RSUs subject to both a market and service condition vest in one-half increments upon the achievement of certain market price goals 
and continued service. Non-vested RSUs subject only to a service condition vest over a service period ranging from one to three 
years.  The fair value of RSUs subject to market and service conditions is determined based on a Monte Carlo simulation model at 
the date of grant. The fair value of RSUs subject only to service conditions are valued at our stock price on the date of grant less the 
present value of anticipated dividends.

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The estimated grant date fair values of the RSUs granted in 2012 that are subject to both a market and service condition 
were calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation model based on the average outcome of 150,000 simulations using the following 
assumption:

Expected life

Risk free interest rate

Dividend yield

Expected stock price volatility

Projected forfeiture rate

2012

5 years

0.86%

0.00%

39.00%

1.00%

There were no RSUs granted in 2014 or 2013 that were subject to a market condition, therefore the Monte Carlo simulation 

was not used.

The remaining weighted average contractual life of non-vested RSUs as of December 31, 2014 was 7.9 years. The weighted-

average period over which total compensation related to non-vested RSUs will be recognized is 1.18 years.

The RSUs granted in 2014 were valued at our stock price on the date of grant less the present value of anticipated dividends, 
which is $0.  As of December 31, 2014, there was $3.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested RSUs 
compared to $4.3 million as of December 31, 2013.

401(k) Savings Plan 

Beginning on January 1, 2014, we offered to our employees a 401(k) Savings Plan ("401(k) Plan") that qualifies as a deferred 
salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Under the 401(k) Plan, we match up to 100% of eligible 
employees' pre-tax contributions up to 4% of eligible compensation. We contributed approximately $0.9 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2014.

8. Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of:

Current

Deferred

Total income tax benefit

For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

(In Thousands

2012

$

$

(2,390) $
4
(2,386) $

— $

—

— $

—

—

—

The income tax benefit of $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 is related to the tax effects of unrealized gains 
credited to OCI.  Generally, the amount of tax expense or benefit allocated to continuing operations is determined without regard to 
the tax effects of other categories of income or loss, such as OCI.  However, an exception to the general rule is provided in ASC 
740-20-45-7 when there is a pre-tax loss from continuing operations and there are items charged or credited to other categories, 
including OCI, in the current year.  The intraperiod tax allocation rules related to items charged or credited directly to OCI can result 
in disproportionate tax effects that remain in OCI until certain events occur.  As a result of a reduction in unrealized losses credited 
directly to OCI, approximately $2.4 million of tax provision expense has been netted with current year unrealized gains in OCI, and 
$2.4 million of tax provision benefit was allocated to the income tax provision for continuing operations.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax (benefit) rate to the effective income tax (benefit) rate is as follows:

Federal statutory income tax rate

35.00%

35.00%

35.00%

For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

2012

Loss on impairment

Prior year adjustment

Other

Valuation allowance

Purchase accounting adjustment

Effective income tax rate

—

—

1.07
(31.42)
—

4.65%

—

3.52

1.66
(40.18)
—

(1.48)

1.66

(1.00)

(28.00)

(6.18)

—%

—%

Following is a reconciliation of our net deferred income tax asset (liability) as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 

2013:

Deferred tax asset

Capitalized start-up costs

Share-based compensation

Unrealized loss on investments

Net operating loss carry forwards

Unearned premium reserve

Other

Total gross deferred tax assets

Less: valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liability

Capitalized software

Intangible assets

Deferred acquisition costs

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred income tax liability

December 31, 2014

Gross

Tax Effected

$

(In Thousands)

2,403

$

20,030

1,217

114,548

4,414

8,785

151,397
(140,236)
11,161

(7,967)
(390)
(2,985)
(209)
(11,551)

$

(390) $

985

8,212

499

43,198

1,810

3,602

58,306

(53,730)

4,576

(3,266)

(137)

(1,224)

(86)

(4,713)

(137)

88

 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Deferred tax asset

Capitalized start-up costs

Share-based compensation

Unrealized loss on investments

Net operating loss carry forwards

Other

Total gross deferred tax assets

Less: valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liability

Capitalized software

Intangible assets

Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred income tax liability

December 31, 2013

Gross

Tax Effected

$

(In Thousands)

2,579

$

14,701

7,047

65,276

10,118

99,721
(94,497)
5,224

(5,008)
(390)
(216)
(5,614)

$

(390) $

903

5,990

2,694

24,602

3,760

37,949

(35,778)

2,171

(2,095)

(133)

(76)

(2,304)

(133)

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had a net deferred tax liability of $0.1 million as a result of the acquisition of indefinite-
lived intangibles from the  acquisition of  our  insurance subsidiaries  for  which no  benefit had  been reflected in the  acquired net 
operating loss carry forwards.  The tax liability incurred at the acquisition was recorded as an increase in goodwill. 

Excluded from deferred tax assets were $2.1 million and $1.5 million of excess stock compensation as of December 31, 

2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, for which any benefit realized will be recorded to stockholders' equity. 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $114.5 million, which expire from 
2029 to 2034 and state net operating loss carryforwards of $36.0 million, which expire from 2031 to 2034.  Section 382 of the Internal 
Revenue Code imposes annual limitations on a corporation's ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards if it experiences 
an "ownership change."  As a result of the acquisition of our insurance subsidiaries, $7.3 million of NOLs are subject to annual 
limitations of $0.8 million through 2016, then $0.3 million through 2029.

As we have just recently begun insurance operations and have no history to provide a basis for reliable future net income 
projections, a valuation allowance of $53.7 million and $35.8 million was recorded at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, 
respectively, to reflect the amount of the deferred tax asset that may not be realized.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we have no reserve for unrecognized tax benefits, and have taken no material uncertain 

positions in its tax returns that would require measurement and recognition.

We file income tax returns with the U.S. federal government and various state jurisdictions which are subject to potential 

examination by tax authorities.  We are not currently under examination, and federal and state tax years remain open by statute.

89

 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Software and Equipment

Software and equipment consist largely of capitalized software developed to support our MI operations.  Software and 
equipment, net of accumulated amortization and depreciation, as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, consists of the 
following:

Software

Equipment

Leasehold improvements

Subtotal

Accumulated amortization and depreciation

Software and equipment, net

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

$

$

(In Thousands)

11,608

$

14,140

1,175

973

13,756
(1,950)
11,806

$

542

141

14,823

(5,947)

8,876

Amortization and depreciation expense for software and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 
$5.8 million and $5.9 million, respectively. In the second quarter of 2013, we reduced the useful life and shortened the amortization 
period of some of the software we purchased in connection with the acquisition of our insurance subsidiaries. This software was 
completely amortized by November 2014, and the original cost and accumulated amortization of $9.8 million were written off at 
that time.

10. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets and goodwill consist of identifiable intangible assets and goodwill we purchased in connection with the 
acquisition  of  our  insurance  subsidiaries,  and  at  December 31,  2014  and  December 31,  2013,  were  as  follows  for  both  years:

Goodwill

State licenses

GSE applications

Total intangible assets and goodwill

$

$

Expected Lives

Indefinite

Indefinite

Indefinite

3,244

260

130

3,634

We test goodwill and intangibles for impairment in the third and fourth quarter, respectively, of every year, or more frequently 
if we believe indicators of impairment exist.  As of December 31, 2012, we determined the carrying value of operational manuals 
acquired with NMIC and Re One would not be recovered, and the manuals could not be sold and would be disposed; as a result, we 
assessed the fair value at zero and recognized a loss on impairment of $1.2 million.  No impairments of indefinite-lived intangibles 
or goodwill were identified as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

GSE Approval

In January 2013, the GSEs approved NMIC as a qualified mortgage insurer, and with their approvals, imposed certain 
capitalization, operational and reporting conditions on NMIC, most of which remain in effect for a three-year period from the date 
of GSE Approval. As a GSE qualified mortgage insurer, NMIC is subject to ongoing compliance with the conditions in the GSE 
Approval as well as the GSEs' Eligibility Requirements.

The conditions in the GSE Approval require, among other things, that NMIC:

•  maintain minimum capital of $150 million;

• 

• 

operate at a risk-to-capital ratio not to exceed 15:1 for its first three years and then pursuant to the GSE Eligibility 
Requirements then in effect;

not declare or pay dividends to affiliates or to NMIH for its first three years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements;

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

• 

• 

not enter into capital support agreements or guarantees for the benefit of, or purchase or otherwise invest in the debt 
of, affiliates without the prior written approval of the GSEs for its first three years, then pursuant to the Eligibility 
Requirements; and

not enter into reinsurance or other risk share arrangements without the GSEs' prior written approval for its first three 
years, then pursuant to the Eligibility Requirements.

The GSE Approvals also include other conditions, limitations and reporting requirements, including, among others, limits 
on costs allocated to NMIC under affiliate expense sharing arrangements;  conditions related to risk concentration and rates of return; 
requirements to obtain a financial strength rating; restrictions on provision of ancillary services (i.e., non-insurance) to customers 
and transfers of underwriting to affiliates; notification requirements regarding change of ownership and new five percent shareholders; 
requirement to, at the direction of one or both of the GSEs, re-domicile from Wisconsin to another state; and provisions regarding 
underwriting policies and claims processing.

Office Lease

We entered into an office facility lease effective July 1, 2012 for a term of two years. In October 2013, we amended our 
facility's lease to (i) add 23,000 square feet of furnished office space, and (ii) extend the facility's lease period through October 31, 
2017.

Management expects that, in the normal course of business, as of December 31, 2014, future minimum lease payments 

under this lease will be as follows:

Years ending December 31,

(In Thousands)

2015

2016

2017

Totals

$

$

1,690

1,741

1,488

4,919

We incurred rent expense related to this lease of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Rent expense for the 

year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.8 million.

12. Common Stock Offerings

On April 17, 2012, we completed the Private Placement, through which we offered and sold an aggregate of 55,000,000 of 

our Class A common shares resulting in net proceeds of approximately $510 million. 

On November 8, 2013, we filed a final prospectus announcing the sale of 2.1 million shares of common stock through an 
initial public offering.  The underwriters of the offering were granted a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 315,000 shares 
of common stock from us at an initial public offering price of  $13.00, which they exercised on November 12, 2013.  The offering 
closed on November 14, 2013.  Gross proceeds to us were $31.4 million.  Net proceeds from the offering were approximately $28 
million.

13. Statutory Information 

Our insurance subsidiaries, NMIC and Re One, file financial statements in conformity with statutory basis accounting 
principles ("SAP") prescribed or permitted by the Wisconsin OCI. NMIC's principal regulator is the Wisconsin OCI.  Prescribed 
SAP includes state laws, regulations and general administrative rules, as well as a variety of publications of the NAIC.  The Wisconsin 
OCI recognizes only statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the state of Wisconsin for determining and reporting 
the financial condition and results of operations of an insurance company and for determining its solvency under Wisconsin insurance 
laws.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NMIC and Re One's combined statutory net income, statutory surplus and contingency reserve as of and for each of the 

years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:

Statutory net loss

Statutory surplus

Contingency reserve

2014

December 31,

2013

(In Thousands)

2012

$

(47,961) $
236,738

9,401

(33,307) $
189,698

2,314

(18)

220,004

—

Under applicable Wisconsin law and 15 other states, a mortgage insurer must maintain a minimum amount of statutory 
capital relative to its risk-in-force (risk-to-capital ratio or "RTC ratio") in order for the mortgage insurer to continue to write new 
business.  While formulations of minimum capital may vary in each jurisdiction that has such a requirement, the most common 
measure applied allows for a maximum permitted RTC ratio of 25 to 1.  Wisconsin and certain other states, including California and 
Illinois, apply a substantially similar requirement referred to as minimum policyholders' position. Our operation plan filed with the 
Wisconsin OCI and other state insurance departments in connection with NMIC's applications for licensure includes the expectation 
that NMIH will downstream additional capital if needed so that NMIC does not exceed risk-to-capital ratios agreed to with those 
states. NMIC may in the future seek state insurance department approvals, as needed, of an amendment to our business plan to 
increase this ratio to the Wisconsin regulatory minimum of 25 to 1.  In addition, under the terms of our conditional approvals from 
the GSEs we are required to operate at a risk-to-capital ratio not to exceed 15:1 for our first three years of operations.

Certain states limit the amount of risk a mortgage insurer may retain on a single loan to 25% of the indebtedness to the 
insured and, as a result, the portion of such insurance in excess of 25% must be reinsured.  NMIC and Re One have entered into a 
primary  excess  share  reinsurance  agreement,  effective August  1,  2012,  and  a  facultative  pool  reinsurance  agreement,  effective 
September 1, 2013, under which NMIC cedes premiums, loss reserves and claims to Re One on an excess share basis for any primary 
or pool policy which offers coverage greater than 25% on any loan insured thereunder.  NMIC will use reinsurance provided by Re 
One  solely  for  purposes  of  compliance  with  these  state  statutory  coverage  limits.    Currently,  NMIC  has  no  other  reinsurance 
agreements.  During April 2013, NMIC began writing its first mortgage insurance policies and ceding premium and risk to Re One 
the following month.

92

 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2013, NMIC had  22 policies in force totaling approximately $36.5 million of RIF, resulting in a RTC 
ratio of 0.5:1.  As of December 31, 2014, NMIC had $800 million in total RIF (1) with a RTC ratio of 3.5:1, significantly below the 
GSE and state imposed financial requirements.  The risk-to-capital calculation for each of our insurance subsidiaries, as well as our 
combined risk-to-capital calculation, as of December 31, 2014, is presented below.

As of December 31, 2014

Primary risk-in-force (1)

Direct

Assumed

Ceded

Total primary risk-in-force
Pool risk-in-force (2)

Direct

Assumed

Ceded

Total pool risk-in-force
Total risk-in-force

Statutory policyholders' surplus

Statutory contingency reserve

Total statutory policyholders' position

NMIC

Re One

(In Thousands)

Combined

$

801,353

$

— $

—
(69,396)
731,957

93,090

—
(24,705)
68,385
800,342

223,119

7,945

231,064

69,396

—

69,396

—

24,705

—

24,705
94,101

13,619

1,456

15,075

801,353

69,396

(69,396)

801,353

93,090

24,705

(24,705)

93,090
894,443

236,738

9,401

246,139

Risk-to-Capital (3)

3.5:1

6.2:1

3.6:1

 (1) 

 (2) 

(3) 

Our net risk in force includes both primary and pool risk in force, and excludes risk on policies that are currently in default and for 
which loss reserves have been established.

Pool risk-in-force as shown in the table above is equal to the aggregate stop loss less a deductible.

Represents total risk-in-force divided by statutory policyholders' position which is the metric by which the majority of state insurance 
regulators will assess our capital adequacy.  Additionally, pursuant to the 2013 Fannie Mae pool agreement, we are required to maintain 
the greater of (a) the risk-to-capital requirements outlined in Fannie Mae's January 2013 approval letter or (b) a risk-to-capital ratio of 
18:1 on primary business plus statutory capital equal to the amount of net risk-in-force of the pool.

NMIH is not subject to any limitations on its ability to pay dividends except those generally applicable to corporations that 
are incorporated in Delaware, such as NMIH.  Delaware corporation law provides that dividends are only payable out of a corporation's 
capital  surplus  or  (subject  to  certain  limitations)  recent  net  profits.   As  of  December 31,  2014,  NMIH's  capital  surplus  was 
approximately  $427  million.  NMIH's  assets,  excluding  investment  in  NMIC  and  Re  One,  were  approximately  $179  million  at 
December 31, 2014, and were unencumbered by any debt or other subsidiary commitments or obligations.  The insurance subsidiaries 
are both mono-line mortgage insurance companies, and the assets of each are dedicated only to the support of direct risk and obligations 
of each mortgage insurance entity.  NMIC only writes direct mortgage insurance business and assumes no business from any other 
entity.  Re One only assumes business from NMIC to allow NMIC to comply with statutory risk requirements. Neither NMIC nor 
Re One have subsidiaries, and therefore do not have subsidiary risks and obligations that compete for its resources.

The GSEs and state insurance regulators may restrict our insurance subsidiaries' ability to pay dividends to NMIH. In 
addition to the restrictions imposed during the GSE Approval and state licensing processes, the ability of our insurance subsidiaries 
to pay dividends to NMIH is limited by insurance laws of the State of Wisconsin and certain other states.  Wisconsin law provides 
that an insurance company may pay out dividends without the prior approval of the Wisconsin OCI ("ordinary dividends") in an 
amount, when added to other shareholder distributions made in the prior 12 months, not to exceed the lesser of (a) 10% of the insurer's 
surplus as regards to policyholders as of the prior December 31 or (b) its net income (excluding realized capital gains) for the twelve 
month period ending December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year.  In determining net income, an insurer may carry 
forward net income from the previous calendar years that has not already been paid out as a dividend. Dividends that exceed this 
amount are "extraordinary dividends," which require prior approval of the Wisconsin OCI.  As of December 31, 2014, the amount 
of restricted net assets held by our consolidated insurance subsidiaries totaled approximately $252 million of NMIH's consolidated 

93

 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

net assets of $427 million.  The amount of restricted assets used to determine any dividend to NMIH, once all restrictions expire, 
would be computed under SAP which may differ from the amount of restricted assets computed under GAAP.  Since inception, 
NMIC has not paid any dividends to NMIH.  As NMIC had a statutory net loss for the year ended December 31, 2013, NMIC cannot 
pay any dividends to NMIH through December 31, 2014, without the prior approval of the Wisconsin OCI.  Additionally, NMIC 
will not be permitted to pay dividends to NMIH until after December 31, 2015 as a condition of GSE Approval or until January 2016 
under agreements with various state insurance regulators.

14. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Net premiums written

Net premiums earned

Net investment income

Net realized investment gains (losses)

Gain (loss) from change in fair value of warrant
liability
Gain from settlement of warrants

Insurance claims and claims expenses

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

Underwriting and operating expenses

Net loss
Loss per share (1)
Basic and diluted loss per share

2014 Quarters

First

Second

Third

Fourth

(In Thousands, except share data)

$

5,178

$

5,051

$

9,661

$

14,139

$

1,904

1,489

—

817
37

—

19

2,093

1,468

—

952
—

28

42

3,900

1,342

134

1,240
—
(26)
47

5,510

1,319

63

(60)
—

81

265

2014

Year

34,029

13,407

5,618

197

2,949
37

83

373

19,283
(15,055)

18,595
(12,855)

17,848
(10,976)

17,318
(10,020)

73,044

(48,906)

$

(0.26) $

(0.22) $

(0.19) $

(0.17) $

(0.84)

Weighted average common shares outstanding

58,061,299

58,289,801

58,363,334

58,406,574

58,281,425

Net premiums written

Net premiums earned

Net investment income

Net realized investment gains (losses)

Gain (loss) from change in fair value of warrant
liability
Insurance claims and claims expenses

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

Underwriting and operating expenses

Net loss
Loss per share (1)
Basic and diluted loss per share

2013 Quarters

First

Second

Third

Fourth

(In Thousands, except share data)

$

— $

—

410

28

35
—

—

12,426
(11,953)

$

1

1

1,407

452

(1,115)
—

—

17,019
(16,274)

482

482

1,519
(308)

469
—

—

16,035
(13,873)

$

3,058

$

1,612

1,472

14

(918)
—

1

15,263
(13,084)

2013

Year

3,541

2,095

4,808

186

(1,529)
—

1

60,743

(55,184)

$

(0.22) $

(0.29) $

(0.25) $

(0.23) $

(0.99)

Weighted average common shares outstanding

55,500,100

55,629,932

55,637,480

57,238,730

56,005,326

(1) 

Due to the use of weighted average shares outstanding when calculating earnings per share, the sum of quarterly per share data may 
not equal the per share data for the year.

94

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports 
we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the 
SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2014, 
pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act.  Management applied its judgment in assessing the costs and benefits of such 
controls and procedures, which by their nature, can provide only reasonable assurance regarding management's control objectives.  
Management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent or detect all errors and fraud.  A control system, 
irrespective of how well it is designed and operated, can only provide reasonable assurance and cannot guarantee that it will succeed 
in its stated objectives.

Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 
2014, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be 
disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the 
time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company's internal control over financial reporting 
is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements 
for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.  Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may 
not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures 
may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our management assessed the effectiveness 
of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In making this assessment, management used 
the  criteria  set  forth  in   Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework   (2013  framework)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO").  Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that the Company's 
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

Due to the Company's status as an EGC, this annual report does not include an attestation report of our registered public 

accounting firm.

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report 

that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to, and will be contained in, our definitive proxy statement, 
which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2014.  Accordingly, we have omitted the information from this Item pursuant 
to General Instruction G (3) of Form 10-K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to, and will be contained in, our definitive proxy statement, 
which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2014.  Accordingly, we have omitted the information from this Item pursuant 
to General Instruction G (3) of Form 10-K.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to, and will be contained in, our definitive proxy statement, 
which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2014.  Accordingly, we have omitted the information from this Item pursuant 
to General Instruction G (3) of Form 10-K.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to, and will be contained in, our definitive proxy statement, 
which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2014.  Accordingly, we have omitted the information from this Item pursuant 
to General Instruction G (3) of Form 10-K.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to, and will be contained in, our definitive proxy statement, 
which will be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2014.  Accordingly, we have omitted the information from this Item pursuant 
to General Instruction G (3) of Form 10-K.

96

 
 
 
 
 
PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

1.  Financial Statements — See the "Index to Financial Statements" included in Part II, Item 8 of this report for a list of the financial 
statements filed as part of this report.

2.  Financial Statement Schedules — See the "Index to Financial Statement Schedules" on page 100 of this report for a list of the 
financial statement schedules filed as part of this report.

3.  Exhibits —  See "Exhibit Index" on page i of this report for a list of exhibits filed as part of this report.

97

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 

signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.

February 19, 2015

By: /s/ Bradley M. Shuster

     Name:   Bradley M. Shuster
     Title:     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

98

 
Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Bradley M. Shuster

Bradley M. Shuster

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

February 19, 2015

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr.

John (Jay) M. Sherwood, Jr.

President

February 19, 2015

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

February 19, 2015

February 19, 2015

February 19, 2015

February 19, 2015

February 19, 2015

February 19, 2015

/s/ Steven L. Scheid

Steven L. Scheid

/s/ James G. Jones

James G. Jones

/s/ John Brandon Osmon

John Brandon Osmon

/s/ Michael Montgomery

Michael Montgomery

/s/ Michael Embler

Michael Embler

/s/ James H. Ozanne

James H. Ozanne

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

99

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Schedule I — Summary of Investments — other than investments in related parties as of December 31, 2014

Schedule II — Financial Information of Registrant as of December 31, 2014

Schedule IV — Reinsurance as of December 31, 2014

F-1

F-2

F-6

All other schedules are omitted because the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to 
require submission of the schedules, or because the information required is included in our Consolidated Financial Statements and 
notes thereto.

100

 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE I
SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS - OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES
PARENT COMPANY ONLY

December 31, 2014

Fixed maturities

Amortized Cost

Fair Value

(In Thousands)

Amount Reflected on
Balance Sheet

U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government
agencies

$

Municipal debt securities

Corporate debt securities

Asset-backed securities

68,911

$

68,345

$

12,009

200,358

56,440

11,963

199,785

56,408

Total investments other than investments in related parties

$

337,718

$

336,501

$

68,345

11,963

199,785

56,408

336,501

F-1

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE II - FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
BALANCE SHEETS
PARENT COMPANY ONLY

December 31, 2014

December 31, 2013

(In Thousands, except for share data)

Assets

Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value

$

134,199

$

Cash and cash equivalents

Investment in subsidiaries, at equity in net assets

Accrued investment income

Prepaid expenses

Due from affiliates, net

Software and equipment, net

Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Warrant liability, at fair value

Total liabilities

Shareholders' equity

Common stock - class A shares, $0.01 par value;
58,428,548 and 58,052,480 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014
and December 31, 2013, respectively (250,000,000 shares authorized)

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

Accumulated deficit

Total shareholders' equity

$

$

29,925

251,880

629

2,054

9,949

11,806

509

440,951

10,621

3,372

13,993

$

$

584

562,911
(3,607)
(132,930)
426,958

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$

440,951

$

229,064

36,433

193,242

1,038

1,519

10,565

7,574

61

479,496

9,908

6,371

16,279

581

553,707

(7,047)

(84,024)

463,217

479,496

F-2

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE II - FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
PARENT COMPANY ONLY

Revenues

Net investment income

Net realized investment gains

Gain (loss) from change in fair value of warrant liability

Gain from settlement of warrants

Total revenues

Expenses

Other operating expenses

Total expenses

Equity in net loss of subsidiaries

Loss before income taxes

Income tax benefit

Net loss

For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

(In Thousands)

2012

$

2,937

$

2,758

$

67

2,949

37

5,990

18,817

18,817

188
(1,529)
—

1,417

24,319

24,319

(38,710)
(51,537)
(2,631)
(48,906) $

(32,282)
(55,184)
—
(55,184) $

$

2

—

278

—

280

26,575

26,575

(1,196)

(27,491)

—

(27,491)

F-3

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE II - FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
PARENT COMPANY ONLY

Cash flows from operating activities

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
activities:

Share-based compensation expense

Warrants issued in connection with line of credit

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of warrant liability

Gain from settlement of warrants

Net realized investment gains

Depreciation and other amortization

Noncash intraperiod tax allocation

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Equity in net loss of subsidiaries

Accrued investment income

Receivable from affiliates

Prepaid expenses

Other assets

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Capitalization of subsidiaries

Purchase of fixed-maturity investments, available-for-sale

Proceeds from redemptions, maturities and sale of fixed-maturity
investments, available-for-sale

Purchase of software and equipment

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Payments on line of credit

Issuance of common stock

Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

For the Year Ended December 31,

2014

2013

(In Thousands)

2012

$

(48,906) $

(55,184) $

(27,491)

9,180

—
(2,949)
(37)
(67)
5,618
(2,390)

38,710

409

616
(535)
(445)
233
(563)

(95,000)
(23,552)

120,813
(8,220)
—
(5,959)

—

1,097
(1,083)
14

(6,508)
36,433

10,367

—

1,529

—
(188)
3,325

—

35,371
(1,038)
(10,565)
(1,102)
(3,045)
623
(19,907)

—
(293,470)

59,454
(6,695)
—
(240,711)

—

27,912
(1,578)
26,334

(234,284)
270,717

6,115

1,620

(278)

—

—

3

—

1,196

(2)

—

(234)

(78)

4,550

(14,599)

(220,000)

—

—

(2,444)

(2,500)

(224,944)

(205)

510,465

—

510,260

270,717

—

$

29,925

$

36,433

$

270,717

F-4

NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE II - FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
SUPPLEMENTAL NOTES
PARENT COMPANY ONLY

Note A

The NMI Holdings, Inc. (the "Parent Company") financial statements represent the stand-alone financial statements of the 
Parent  Company.   These  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  the  same  basis  and  using  the  same  accounting  policies  as 
described in the consolidated financial statements included herein.  Refer to the Parent Company's consolidated financial statements 
for additional information.

Revisions to Prior Periods

Certain other prior balances have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Note B

Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to statutory regulations as to maintenance of policyholders' surplus and payment of 
dividends.  The maximum amount of dividends that the insurance subsidiaries may pay in any twelve-month period without regulatory 
approval by the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of Wisconsin is the lesser of adjusted statutory net income or 
10% of statutory policyholders' surplus as of the preceding calendar year end.  Adjusted statutory net income is defined for this 
purpose to be the greater of statutory net income, net of realized investment gains, for the calendar year preceding the date of the 
dividend or statutory net income, net of realized investment gains, for the three calendar years preceding the date of the dividend 
less dividends paid within the first two of the preceding three calendar years.

Note C

The Parent Company provides certain services to its subsidiaries.  The Parent Company allocates to its subsidiaries corporate 
expense it incurs in the capacity of supporting those subsidiaries, based on either an allocated percentage of time spent or internally 
allocated capital.  Total operating expenses allocated to subsidiaries for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 
2014 were $55.7 million, $32.5 million and $0.  Amounts charged to the subsidiaries for operating expenses are based on actual cost, 
without any mark-up.  The Parent Company considers these charges fair and reasonable.  The subsidiaries reimburse the Parent 
Company for these costs in a timely manner, which has the impact of improving the cash flows of the Parent Company.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
NMI HOLDINGS, INC.
SCHEDULE IV - FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
REINSURANCE
PARENT COMPANY ONLY

The Parent Company has no reinsurance agreements. The insurance subsidiaries are both mono-line mortgage insurance 
companies and the assets of each are dedicated only to the support of our mortgage insurance operations. NMIC only writes direct 
mortgage insurance business and assumes no business from any other entity. Re One only assumes business from NMIC to allow 
NMIC to comply with statutory risk requirements. Neither NMIC nor Re One count any subsidiary of any kind in their admitted 
statutory assets. 

F-6

 
Exhibit
Number

2.1

2.2

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

10.1 ~

10.2 ~

10.3 ~

10.4 ~

10.5 ~

10.6 ~

10.7 ~

10.8 ~

10.9 ~

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2011, between NMI Holdings, Inc. and MAC Financial Ltd.
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to our Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No.
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 6, 2012, between NMI Holdings, Inc. and MAC Financial
Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to our Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No.
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)
Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our
Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Third Amended and Restated By-Laws (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Form 8-K, filed on
December 9, 2014)

Specimen Class A common stock certificate (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Registration Rights Agreement between NMI Holdings, Inc. and FBR Capital Markets & Co., dated April 24,
2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No.
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Registration Rights Agreement by and between MAC Financial Ltd. and NMI Holdings, Inc., dated April 24, 2012
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No.
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Registration Rights Agreement between FBR & Co., FBR Capital Markets LT, Inc., FBR Capital Markets & Co.,
FBR Capital Markets PT, Inc. and NMI Holdings, Inc., dated April 24, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 4.4 to our Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Warrant No. 1 to Purchase Common Stock of NMI Holdings, Inc. issued to FBR Capital Markets & Co., dated
June 13, 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to our Form S-1 Registration Statement
(Registration No. 333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of NMI Holdings, Inc. issued to former stockholders of MAC
Financial Ltd.(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to our Form S-1 Registration Statement
(Registration No. 333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form S-1
Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Form S-1 Registration 
Statement (Registration No. 333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Management 
(incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  our  Form  S-1  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No. 
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Form  of  NMI  Holdings,  Inc.  2012  Stock  Incentive  Plan  Restricted  Stock  Unit Award Agreement  for  Directors 
(incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  our  Form  S-1  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No. 
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Form S-1 
Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Management 
(incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  to  our  Form  S-1  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No. 
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Directors 
(incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.7  to  our  Form  S-1  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No. 
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Employment Agreement  by  and  between  NMI  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Bradley  M.  Shuster,  dated  March  6,  2012 
(incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.8  to  our  Form  S-1  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No. 
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between NMI Holdings, Inc. and Bradley M. Shuster, dated April 
24, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to our Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

i

Exhibit
Number
10.10 ~

10.11 ~

10.12 ~

Description

Employment Agreement by and between NMI Holdings, Inc. and Jay M. Sherwood, dated March 6, 2012 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-191635), filed 
on October 9, 2013)

Amendment to Employment Agreement by and between NMI Holdings, Inc. and Jay M. Sherwood, dated April 24, 
2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to our Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)
Letter Agreement by and between NMI Holdings, Inc. and Stanley M. Pachura, dated April 26, 2012 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to our Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-191635), filed 
on October 9, 2013)

10.13 ~

Letter Agreement  by  and  between  NMI  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Stanley  M.  Pachura,  dated  as  of  January  19,  2015 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K, filed on January 20, 2015)

10.14 ~

Offer Letter by and between NMI Holdings, Inc. and Glenn Farrell, effective December 4, 2014 (incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K, filed on December 9, 2014)

10.15

Form of Indemnification Agreement between NMI Holdings, Inc. and its directors and certain executive officers 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Form 8-K, filed on November 25, 2014)

10.16 +

10.17 ~

10.18 ~

10.19 ~
10.20 ~

10.21 ~

10.22 ~

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

32 #

99.1

99.2

101 *

Commitment Letter dated July 12, 2013 for Bulk Fannie Mae-Paid Loss-on-Sale Mortgage Insurance on the Portfolio 
of approximately $5.46 billion Purchased by Fannie Mae and Identified by Fannie Mae as Deal No. 2013 MIRT 01 
and by the Company as Policy No. P-0001-01 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to our Form S-1 
Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)
NMI Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to our 2014 
Annual Proxy Statement, filed on March 26, 2014)

Form  of  NMI  Holdings,  Inc.  2014  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan  Restricted  Stock  Unit Award Agreement  for  Chief 
Executive Officer and President

Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Employees
Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Independent 
Directors

Form of NMI Holdings, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement for Chief 
Executive Officer and President

Form  of  NMI  Holdings,  Inc.  2014  Omnibus  Incentive  Plan  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Award Agreement  for 
Employees

Subsidiaries of NMI Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to our Form S-1 Registration 
Statement (Registration No. 333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Consent of BDO USA, LLP

Principal Executive Officer's Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Principal Financial Officer's Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certifications of CEO and CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Conditional Approval Letter, dated January 15, 2013, from Freddie Mac to National Mortgage Insurance Corporation 
(incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  99.1  to  our  Form  S-1  Registration  Statement  (Registration  No. 
333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

Conditional Approval Agreement, dated January 16, 2013, by and among Federal National Mortgage Association, 
NMI Holdings, Inc. and National Mortgage Insurance Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 
to our Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-191635), filed on October 9, 2013)

The following financial information from NMI Holdings, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2014, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language):
     (i)   Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 
     (ii)  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for each of the three years in the period ended December 
            31, 2014 
     (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended 
            December 31, 2014 
     (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the period ended December 31, 2014, and 
     (v)  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

ii

~ Indicates a  management contract or compensatory plan or contract.
+ Confidential treatment granted as to certain portions, which portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
# In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K and SEC Release No. 34-47986, the certifications furnished in Exhibit 32 hereto 
are deemed to accompany this Form 10-Q and will not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or deemed to be 
incorporated by reference into any filing under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act except to the extent that the registrant specifically 
incorporates it by reference.

* In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the information furnished in these exhibits will not be deemed "filed" for purposes of 
Section 18 of the Exchange Act.  Such exhibits will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act 
or the Exchange Act except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.

iii